Home
        "service manual"
         Contents
1.                                NI  Outdoor unit    g  Color  indication AS g D  RED   RED Kee 90000 it ASK 15  CN333 000000  CN82 09 Cem Lesen sta VaVanVoVAYV Ba 009 ass     WHI   WHITE 00000 009909   WHI   1X2XS X456   BLU   XA ya  CA  TY2Y3 415  Wal   1 Y2Y3     RED  e  Dee ene Drain pump type 4        BLK   BLACK lee  Las CN112 CN111  CN110 cN1047 111  wech  GRY   GRAY w  WHI   WHI   WHI   YEL  00 e  PNK   PINK i x  uoa Gr B om Die m  n HE    CN102   0111       GRN   GREEN Ct us PPS emo 2  i  3  ew drive  RED   2X2  OW   WC a CN72       DISP     CN1017 Al e 182 O   BLK  F2Y2   wy     mb     ENS MW      Et Control P C  board  BRW  DO w X  MICI 7 ESH  R FEH Ki   SUPPIY tele E   s lt   L   circuit L    oDC7V MCC 1402  GAN  9 PNL T    e  CN73  T1  pe   RED  Poy EXCT N  Lei NI o  CN70  1   0   WHI      T  WHI CN44 CN40   CN41 CN309 CN50 CN61 CN32 CN60 CN81 CN20 S  UN  BRW   BLU   BLU  A  WHI   YEL   WHI   WHI   BLK   BLU   gt   osea en  connector    RED 09 909 1000  1218115   1X2X3 44 K5Xe       142  ULRIX   1f2X3 4445   1X2X3 I4 X5  e  LA Fan drive Option har    Y  Flow AD AD A O1  Selector unit   Indoor unit o  NS   3 eS  Symbol    Parisname    U  Power supply 1  O indicates the terminal bolock be  SAO OOO Letter at inside indicates the terminal number   77 doo tensor    MA 2  A dotted line and broken line indicate the  gt   S wiring at side e  P eT 3  indicate a control P C  board  ieri  CO  mb   o   U   L       Wired remote  controller    Kin    YA  Ya  Ya  Ya  e  O       1
2.              Checkcode               Checkcode           Check code name Cause of operation     F08     1b  TO sensor error TO sensor Open Short   TCC L   AI NET     This check code means detection of Open Short of TO sensor   Check disconnection of connector  TO sensor  CN507  Yellow  and characteristics of sensor resistance value    Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics      If sensor is normal  replace outdoor I F P C  board         Chekcode   code Check code name Cause of operation      0     0C  Indoor TA sensor error TA sensor Open Short   TCC L   AI NET     This check code means detection of Open Short of TA sensor   Check disconnection of connector  TA sensor  CN104  Yellow  and characteristics of sensor resistance value   Refer       to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics    If sensor is normal  replace indoor P C  board            Chekcode       Chekcode   Check code name Cause of operation     F12     A2  TS sensor error TS1  TS2 sensor Open Short   TCC L   AI NET     This check code means detection of Open Short of TS sensor   Check disconnection of connector  TS1 sensor  CN504  White TS2 sensor  CN522  Black  and characteristics of  sensor resistance value   Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics      If sensor is normal  replace outdoor UE P C  board     Check code Check code name Cause of operation     F13     43  TH sensor error IGBT built in sensor error in A3 IPDU   TCC L   AI NET     This check code means IGB
3.         Operates the specified indoor unit     Note  The other indoor units keep existing  status      Setup    Push SW04 for 10 seconds or more  set SWO01    16    and set SW02 and  SWOS to address No   1 to 64  to be  operated      Release   Return SW01  SWO02  SWOS to    1        4  Individual  start  Individual  stop  Individual test  operation   NOTE 1  This start stop function only sends  the command signals from the    outdoor unit to the indoor unit  such  as start  stop  operation mode  etc     Once it does not resend the signals  even if the indoor unit does not follow  the sent signals    The above controls are not available  when an error has caused the system  to stop        Interface P C  board    a i um E    NOTE 2        97       7 segment display  A     Section B     C     Section A   C      Section B    Hl    Section A   H      Section A Section B   CH    11     11  is displayed on  Section B for 5 seconds     Section A Section B   CH    00     00  is displayed on  Section B for 5 seconds     Section A Section B    Section A   Displays the corresponding  indoor address     Section B   Displays   11  for 5 seconds  from operation ON     Section A Section B    Section A    Displays the corresponding  indoor address    Section B    Displays   00  for 5 seconds  from operation OFF     Section A Section B              Section A   Displays the corresponding  indoor address   Section B   Displays   FF  for 5 seconds  from test operation ON     7 segment display  B 
4.        Additional refrigerant charge amount at site  R     Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length  Table 1   Compensation by outdoor HP  Table 2        Additional amount of refrigerant  R       8    9 3  Check at Main Power ON 9 4  Address Setup    After turning on the main power of the indoor units and outdoor unit in the refrigerant line to be executed with a After power ON  set up the indoor address from the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     test operation  check the following items in outdoor and each indoor unit  I   The address setup operation cannot be performed by power ON only       After turning on the main power  be sure to check in order of indoor unit     outdoor unit      If the power supply of the outdoor unit has been firstly turned on   E19  appears on the 7 segment display on 9 4 1  Cautions  the interface P C  board until the power supply of the indoor unit is turned on  However it is not an error     1  It requires approx  5 minutes usually for 1 line to automatically set up address     Check on outdoor unit However in some cases  it may require maximum 10 minutes   1  Check that all the rotary switches  SW01  SW02  and SWO03 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit 2  Itis unnecessary to operate the air conditioner for address setup   are set up to    1     3  Manual address setup is also available besides automatic setup     2  If other error code is displayed on 7 segment  B   remove the cause of trouble referring to   9  Trou
5.       is counted and displayed on 7 degment display   e Return the SW01  02  03 setup as before     5  When    U 1         is displayed on 7 segment display  the setup operation finished   Turn off the indoor outdoor power     6  Return the following setup as before     Relay connector  e SW30 2       9 4 4  Check after Address Setup When Central Control System is Connected    When the central control system is connected  check the following setup has finished after address setup     Ea Central control units    Outdoor unit    Other refrigerant  system       Other refrigerant system       Over current breaker  fuse  e e  Earth leakage breaker    Power supply    I H            d  MET Tale UCNE JA B  UCNE   A B   Earth leakage breaker Remote  3 controller  Power supply    T   ry de i     Te m  Relay Is relay connector of the outdoor unit connected after address setup   connector  Q Is the terminal resistor  SW30 2  of the outdoor unit with the least  refrigerant line ees number jn the central control line  turned on   Terminal    resistance Are the terminal resistor  SW30 2  of the outdoor units except for the    line of which central control refrigerant line address is the smallest   turned off     Li dd a Are not addresses in the line address  SW13  SW14  duplicated in  geen oes each refrigerant line     Note  The above table does not describe all the electric cablings  For details  refer to each installation manual  for outdoor unit  indoor unit  remote controller  and optio
6.      YES    Are characteristics of TC1 sensor NO  YES   Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics  Check indoor main P C  board   Defect     Replace    Correct connection of power supply line    See Characteristics 2     cel        Checkcode       Checkcode   Check code name Cause of operation     F04     19  TD1 sensor error TD1 sensor Open Short   TCC L   AI NET     This check code means detection of Open Short of TD1 sensor   Check disconnection of connector  TD1 sensor  CN502  White  and characteristics of sensor resistance value    Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics      If sensor is normal  replace outdoor I F P C  board     Check code Check code name Cause of operation     F06     18  TE1 sensor error TE1 sensor Open Short   TCC L   AI NET     This check code means detection of Open Short of TE1 sensor   Check disconnection of connector  TE1 sensor  CN505  Green  and characteristics of sensor resistance value    Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics      If sensor is normal  replace outdoor I F P C  board         Chekcode       Chekcode   Check code name Cause of operation     F07     18  TL sensor error TL sensor Open Short   TCC L   AI NET     This check code means detection of Open Short of TL sensor   Check disconnection of connector  TL sensor  CN521  White  and characteristics of sensor resistance value    Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics      If sensor is normal  replace outdoor I F P C  board
7.     1  Cooling test operation function    This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same  system for cooling test operation mode  using switches on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     Operation procedure    PowerON    p        Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit     Set SW01 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit to  2      Sw02 to  5   and SWO3 to  1  respectively   CG   is displayed on the 7 segment display  A       v  MZ     TEST  is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated   Check that       C   is displayed on the 7 segment display        B  on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit   C       Return SW01  SW02  SWO3 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit to  1    1    1  L2 2222222 Stop End  respectively or push the push switch SWO5 for 2 seconds or more     2  Heating test operation function    This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same  system for heating test operation mode  using switches on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     Operation procedure    PowerON    p        Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit     Set SW01 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit to  2         Sw02 to  6   and SWOS3 to  1  respectively    H   is displayed on the 7 segment display  A       v     TEST  is displaye
8.     G   m       1C312    ASSV  82d  m  3 m  e  br    E  PMV output pi JC  0343 E EE Ei 56 eee    S 6 S 6 S   20V      20V Jai icbi Ce       6i  Ge     L   of 1  wu SR  a R585  8 E 8 Ou   x S    60 ell   gt  oO o   Ces T   22222   CA CA a CACACACACA  DC fan return  4 2  P WE 8 Er gig  gees  i AS x  1 SS 4 Am CE    0392 a 4 1 R372 20    o   ba F RES D Foe    RUS C1127    4   D3 D  P e 109 CREDE 292 x 2CN80  E F ELO     C05 i  Float sw    434  Ier J Ee cke   o ode      S o D35  EN pies a CC  R36 ST    Br NEL PON a MAY        3  90 Ze  drm irem O e  5 CN20 1   9 CN331 ZCN321 mes 6 QN60 T    o ans  GRL    7 LM  JfANDRIVE HU OPTION  Fan output TCJ sensor  EXCT  HA  T10   TA sensor    S Used for    Optional output CHK    servicing    Flap   Used only for 4 way Air  Discharge Cassette Type Under ceiling type           6020     BONO TA                 T    JEE  IC3087 R334 R335 One  ee e oe  0202 5312  S Ke C201  o f    R329  8    S 3    D310    89N9 dd    ees t n n    oecy    D                  ric    C110    I    Tdl ia  OTTNO    Oo  pp    ro     1       a  As  dino    FOND  q1 431v34   0  N9 Hda    n  e    WI 1  2 OUR SNE a  Remote controller inter unit cable  TC1 sensor  Indoor Outdoor communication   Also used for communication of the   4 central control system   TC2 sensor    Indoor Outdoor communication  Spare      1 Nome for under ceiling  high wall    Power supply    1 Optional  ON Es power supply    Remote controller  power supply LED    Drain pump output    ad    ong ue    
9.     Jes   e Negative data is displayed as               IET NN    TL sensor data Symbol  tL        TO sensor data Symbol  tO            Data               UI   NW  Mi  NM    SWO01   SW02   SWO3 Display contents    1to 16  1 to 3   Receiving status of  indoor BUS communication  Indoor check code ES No check code             Indoor capacity D 2  0 5  0 8  c Ts dos os   HP  horse power m   8  10  16  20    Indoor request command Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation   F    Heating   S code     Indoor PMV opening data 8   Da displayed min Decimal oa  Indoor Ta sensor data  8  pata is played min Decimal talon  Indoor TF sensor data  8   Das displayed min Decimal notaton  Indoor TGS sensor data       8   Da displayed mi Decimal notaion  Indoor TC1 sensor data       8   Dara is played min Decimal tato  Indoor 102 sensor data   8  Data is played wih Decimal notaton        NOTE  Indoor address No  is chosen by changing SW02 and SWO3     SW03   SW02 Indoor address 7 segment display A  1 to 16  SW02 setup number  01  to  16        1 to 16  SW02 setup number   16  17  to  32   1 to 16  SWO2 setup number   32  33  to  48        149    5  Outdoor EEPROM check code display    The latest check code written in EEPROM on each outdoor unit is displayed    It is used when confirming the check code after power supply has been reset      Set SWO01 to 03 as shown in the following table and the push SW04 for 5 seconds or more to display an check code       7 segment display     SC oa oe   7 se
10.     Note   The PMV opening by using short CN30 returns the PMV to fully closed after   2 minutes   To continue the fully open status  turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit within  2 minutes after using short CN30        179    Mo Peteme   Ree  7    Parts positions       Reactor box  Weight   9kg              e       I F P C board      TL sensor  F Ss    P WW  AE inc    ri fa ee  Ad A F Far K    ES    E       PMV Pulse Motor valve     Tar     TS sensor  SH E     E A  o e Solenoid valve  SV5   Liquid tank    4 way valve    Solenoid valve  SV2   High pressure sensor  Solenoid valve  SV4     TD sensor    i    is D  ER     ei  RA  Ep    High pressure switch    Compressor        pL tt    Compressor  case heater  po LL  E        TO sensor                                                                      d    li                                                                                                                                                TE sensor    180    Attachment    detachment of REQUIREMENT   pipe fixing Wear protective clothing on your hands as  rubber other components may cause injury etc      lt Disassembling gt     1  Squeeze the band either side of the clip to  release     2  Pushing in the tab side of SUS band the tab  comes off from square hole      lt Assembly gt     1  Individually fit each rubber bracket to the  relevant pipe     2  For assembly align the tab side of the SUS  band to the slit side of the rubber bracket     3  Attach the rubbe
11.     Power supply    10220 240V  50Hz Max  8 units are connectable   1    1 220V  60Hz   1 However in a case that the network  adaptor is installed when 2 wireless  remote controller kits are connected   maximum 7 units are connectable      2 The network adaptor is installed to only  one unit     Indoor unit   tH   1 A   B p H   2 A  B  3 A  B       ed  A  DBuipueijs 10014   ed  J pajes9u0  Duipuels 100       ed  L 1euiqe5 Buipue s 10014   ed    a1nssaJdg 91181S YIH nq pejeeouo25        sa119S 1  ed  L onesse  eBueuosiq sly   em      Sd    oxnoesseo oDujeuosiq sry Aem z    Power     Power       supply supply    Outdoor Outdoor   unit unit     3 Nome for concealed duct   Floor standing cabinet  Floor standing concealed     4 Nome for concealed duct   Floor standing cabinet  Floor standing concealed  Floor standing     5 Nome for 1 way discharge  cassette YH type     SSI    Wired remote controller    Function setup                 communication  circuit              1 A  Network adaptor  Option                  Network  adaptor    Indoor unit I       zi   E        Remote Indoor control P C  board  MCC 1402             controller Remote IEEPROM       1401  circuit communication  circui    Central control    4    Float input    None for  Concealed Duct         CPU  H8 3039            Driver             Louver    motor Outside    None for Concealed  Duct type    signal input circuit  circuit    Indoor  fan motor    U1 U2 communication    Outdoor unit    Power suppl  14220 240V  50H
12.     emm   zm   zm   zm   zm   zm   mm i   zm   zm     Le Sensor  TO     Sensor  TE   S    COI     Strainer i  Capillary Solenoid valve    4     tube 2  SV5    s ee E  SY  PMV LIOS C  Sensor  TS   Check valve   N e  Strainer       Capillary  0 tube 1    Check joint  Sensor  TL  i    High pressure E  sensor    High pressure    switch    Muffler    Low pressure  sensor    Check joint    Solenoid valve   SV4        0  Sensor  TD   l    Accumulator     Strainer  Check joint a    V  G   Compressor  Inverter     Liquid tank       Liquid side Gas side  packed valve ball valve    91    1st revised   Jun  2006       4 2  Explanation of Functional Parts    Functional part name Functional outline Connector    Solenoid valve 1  Low pressure release function CN312  White   2  High pressure release function    3  Gas balance function during off time  4  Hot gas bypass into accumulator         High pressure release function CN311  Blue   2  Low pressure release function    Preventive function for high pressure rising in heating operation CN310  White     ID   1 5  Length   200 mm  ID   22 2  Length   100 mm    1  1  4 way valve 1  Cooling heating exchange CN317  2  Reverse defrost  1  1  1    Capillary tube       Blue         PMV  Pulse motor valve  Super heat control function CN300  White   2  Sub cool adjustment function in cooling operation        Temp  sensor    1  Controls defrost in heating operation CN505  Green   2  Controls outdoor fan in heating operation   1  Detects under cool in
13.     or      button  select the setup data   At shipment     007    The setup data are as follows      t       Fin  LLLI  Sus    5 Push   button   OK if display goes on      To change the selected indoor unit  go to the procedure 2    e To change the item to be set up  go to the procedure J         6 Pushing e returns the status to the usual stop status    2  Wiring    4 way Air Discharge Cassette type  Outside control 1 way Air Discharge Cassette type  2 series   FAN DRIVE input of fan Concealed Duct Standard type model    Slim Duct type  Under Ceiling type  High Wall type    Relay  DC12V  procured locally          To terminal    Indoor control    P C  board Corresponds up to a relay in which rated current of the  Note  Determine the cable length between the operation coil is approx  75mA  indoor control P C  board and the relay within 2m  Other type models     Correspond up to a relay in which rated current of the  operation coil is approx  16mA  Does not correspond  to a terminal block type relay on the market         67    B Leaving ON prevention control     Function        his function controls the indoor units individually  It is connected with cable to the control P C  board of the  indoor unit     e Ina group control  it is connected with cable to the indoor unit  Control P C  board   and the item code c   is  set to the connected indoor unit     e It is used when the start operation from outside if unnecessary but the stop operation is necessary     Using a card switc
14.    0 54    316  087   89    318  088   89    320  088   9 0   4 32    0 91  0 92  0 92  0 93  0 94    0 95    10 0      99     99     100      104     0 53   0 0 10 1     55   0 02    0 57    0 59   0 03    0 63   0 04    0 11  0 12    0 39  0 42  0 43  0 44  0 44  0 45  0 46  0 46  0 47  0 48  0 48    153    95  97  97  98  00  01    CTI    1 13    4 34  4 36  4 38  4 40  4 41  4 43  4 45  4 47  4 49  4 51  4 53  4 55  4 57  4 59  4 61    rat   13   BER    4 9  4 98    0  144   92  145   ali   6  1 46       Wired remote controller   Up to 2 units  Weekly timer    driver    Jo uonoeuuo          Remote    controller Secondar  communication irc ircui batter y  circuit    19  01JU09 3 0UI91 Dal        1 A D E   2 Al B  3 A Ip    Indoor unit   _    gt   m  A  B    Network adaptor  Option     Max  8 units are connectable   1        Bra Be i Indoor control P C  board  MCC 1402  8  PC  board controller Root EEPROM   MCC 1401  GE EE   circui     1 However in a case that the  network adaptor is installed  when 2 remote controllers  are connected  maximum  7 units are connectable     Central control  X ALNET      remote controller __      communication  circuit    a  Option  Y   In case of Al NETWORK  En  2 The network adaptor is  ower   a  circuit installed to only one unit      3 The weekly timer cannot be  connected to the simple wired    remote controller      4 Nome for high wall spearate    Outside sold parts for under ceiling     output    None for Concealed  Duct type AC  synch
15.    2  While short circuit CN30  after one minute before two minutes  turn off power supply of outdoor unit   3  Be sure to remove the CN30 short circuit after power supply is turned off     182    14  P C  BOARD    14 1  Indoor Unit  14 1 1  Exchange of P C  Board for Indoor Service    Model type     Model type     P C  board model   Label display on P C  board    MMU AP  gt   1WH series  MMU AP  1 Vn series  MMU AP   k1SH series  431 6V 207 MMD AP E k1H series MCC 1403  MML AP F1H series  MMU AP   F1BH series  MMF  ECT H series    431 6V 210 MMD    MMD AP ekiBHseries        BH series MCC 1402 03DD M02    MMU AP  F1H series  MMU AP t F1MH series  431 6V 289 VIRA cR cii MCC 1402 03DD M05  MMD AP   gt  1SPH SH series  MMU AP E E2SH series    Requirement when exchanging the P C  board assembly for indoor service    The fixed memory  herein EEPROM  IC10  stores the model type and capacity code  which are set upon  shipment from the factory     Data set upon installation  i e  line indoor group addresses  are also stored in the EEPROM   Proceed with the exchange of the P C  board as shown in the procedure below   After exchange  confirm the settings for master sub  etc  are correct and carry out a test operation        Exchange procedure    Method 1    Before exchange  it is possible to turn on the power of the indoor unit and read out the setup  contents from the wired remote controller     Readout of EEPROM data  Procedure 1    Y    Exchange of PC  board for service  amp  power 
16.    EE  Shield with the gauge manifold so that refrigerant does    not flow to gas side         Open the packed valves fully at liquid and gas sides  and then return  the valve at gas side a little to the closed side     Open fully PMV of the outdoor unit      Turn on power of the outdoor unit    e Short CN30 on I F P C  board of the outdoor unit    e Turn off power of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes after shorting CN30     Low     pressure gauge pressure gauge          Open fully the handle on the Low side of the gauge manifold  and    then turn on the power of vacuum pump for vacuuming  Connected to    e e Valve fully closed L     NL _  gas side mento       Main Center unit m        When the pressure has lowered until indication of the compound  gauge pointed    0 1MPa     76cmHg   open fully the handle Low and  turn off the power of vacuum pump              EY         Service   port 64   Copper pipe          Never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount   Do not charge the additional refrigerant             Valve fully closed       If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas i Guia SIGE    Nitrogen   leaks  the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle dr E DEE gas   changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteris  Connected to other g64  terminal units Copper pipe    tics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is  charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the  inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cau
17.    Is connection or coil normal     Repair faulty parts   Is check valve of main  discharge pipe normal         Repair check valve   gt  Replac    YES    Check indoor P C  board   Is there clogging of the valve  Faulty  gt  Replace  YES  Replace PMV body   Y               Are there  any obstructions to the  operation of the heat exchanger   1  Air filter clogging   2  Blocked heat exchanger  3  Air short circuit    YES Eliminate the interfered causes    Z  l    Is SV5 circuit normal  No Repair SV5 circuit   YES   Coil error  choke     disconnection of cable  etc     Check operation of 4 way valve     Abnormal  Replace 4 way valve   Normal    Are there indoor units connected NO    e RE  to different refrigerant circuits     use the mis wiring check function    YES of outdoor unit        Check and correct cabling     Refrigerant overcharge     clogging  pipe breakage   abnormal overload condition       vol    Check code Check code name Cause of operation     P22     1A  Outdoor fan IPDU error   TCC L   AI NET     Auxiliary code     A  Fan motor current error  g  Fan motor lock    Are wire connections on the NO  fan IPDU assembly normal     YES    YES  Is the outdoor fan motor locked     NO  Are connections of CN301 and NO  CN300 of P C  board correct     Does the fan rotate without trouble  when handling the fan with hands under condition  of removing CN301 and CN300 from P C  board                     The status that the resistance values  between leads below is  25 to 550 for
18.    MMK AP0072H 007 type 0 80 2 2 2 5 Available  High Wall Type MMK AP0092H 009 type 1 00 2 8 3 2 Available   2 series    MMK AP0122H 012 type 1 25 3 6 4 0 Available    2 8 Ore          MML AP0091H 009 type   Floor Standing MML AP0121H 012 type 3 6   Available  Cabinet Type   MML AP0151H 015 type 4 5 Available  MML AP0181H 018 type 5  Available    6 3  wann Ins   za   7    so   Aelabe   MiL aPoo7ieH   awe   oso   a2   25              MML AP0091BH 009 type 2 8 3 2  Floor Standing  s       MML AP0121BH 012 type 3 6  Concealed Type ee MML AP0151BH 015 type 4 5  a MML AP0181BH 018 type 5     6 3  was   o2empe   za   n   se          mmea   osy   170   45   59          MMF AP0181H 018 type 5 6 6 3  MMF AP0241H 024 type  MMF AP0271H 027 type  MMF AP0361H 036 type    Available                            Floor Standing Type          Allocation standard of model name  O  AP OOO O O H  O                Destination C   China       H   Heat pump type    M   Compact 4 way Cassete Type   W   2 way Cassette Type   S   1 way Cassette Type   Y   Small sized 1 way Cassette Type   B   Built in Type  Built in Duct Type   Floor concealed type   SP S    Slim Duct Type    Development series No     Based on the cooling capacity  Btu h   1 000         Cassette Type     Under Ceiling Type     Duct Type     High Wall Type     Floor Type  Cabinet type   Concealed type     Floor Standing Type       MM   Modular Multi type    12    1st revised   Jun  2006    1 1 3  Branching Joints and Headers  1    Y shape
19.    Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3  Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF EDM B40YGTF    Drain pump motor   ADP 1409               SPH     series only        35    Under Ceiling Type  Model     MMC AP   O151H   men   omm   enn   men Gem    Fan motor SWF 280 60 1 SWF 280 60 2 SWF 280 120 2  Louver motor MP24GA1  Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3    Pulse motor valve  TA sensor  TC  sensor  TCZ sensor  TCJ sensor    High Wall Type    Mode   MIMK AP  00714   00914   01218   01518   01614   ozan   men   Sen   DE  gt   me    Floor Standing Cabinet Type    Model MML AP  on           0091H       oan       oan       oam    Fan motor AF 200 19 4F AF 200 45 4F AF200 70 4K  Running capacitor for fan motor AC450V  1 2uF AC400V  1 8uF AC450V  2uF    Transformer TT13   Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3   Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF   TA sensor Lead wire length   818mm Vinyl tube   TC1 sensor  24 size lead wire length   1200mm Vinyl tube  Blue   TC2 sensor  6 size lead wire length   1200mm Vinyl tube  Black   TCJ sensor  6 size lead wire length   1200mm Vinyl tube  Red              Floor Standing Concealed Type    Model MML AP   O071BH    0091BH   0121BH_    0151BH    OT8IBH   0241BH  Fan molor AF 200 70 4K  Running capacitor for fan motor ACA50V  1yuF ACA50V  2uF  Transformer  Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3  Pulse motor valve  TA sensor  TC2 sensor  TOJ sensor    Floor Standing Type    Model MMF AP  man       oan   0271H 0481H  Fan motor AF 200 37R AF 200 63T AF 200 110M 1   AF 200 160H 1  Running capacitor for fan motor AC50
20.    RED  TL aan   CN72 Dosen  cN101    ayn   Power   2DG20Y  BLK     Popo aay  supply    9DO15V  pply  circuit oDC12V 00 TC1  oDC7V CN100 AP GH   BRW  ee Y  Control P C  board 7   for indoor unit  GN  A PNL  MCC 1402 9  CN73 DI  CN70 741      CN60 CNS  CN 20  WHI    Filter   WHI   BLK   BLU  e  A  Option GRL    1  Oindicates the terminal bolock letter   Letter at inside indicates the terminal number     2  A dotted line and broken line indicate the    wiring at side    3  indicates a control P C  board     I9poIN    HS2vz0dV  HSc8L0dV  HSeSLOdV DWIN  ed    exesse2 obieyosig AY Aem      p L Z    CC        Indoor ae       L   Y Closed end       ROGN  connector D  D DD Flow selector    Earth GE      Indoor unit power supply  Single phase  220 240V 50Hz   220V 60Hz    ro o     unit earth  screw    ALAS   Z IN IN IN                 2    r             Wired remote  controller    SLAY 1211   D Ns DS VE  5 1312101     AI UA                               000  DAS A   1X X3   NOAA AN A    Adaputor for wired  remote controller     6eX4X3X1X2X5   SAS DS eh tS eS   6X4 X31  2X5   OI IA AN AKA JD A    AER  amp      GRY   T3 15A  E 00 NO Power Ed  ec 250V  Spey oDC12V   3X3  Circul oDC7V  0000    cnes 1  ae    WHI   2   Reactor  RED   cn44 UL CN40   CN41 CN309 CN50 CN61 CN32  WHI  BRW  2 322   BLU   YEL   WHI   YEL   WHI      112131415  T10  1X2X3X4X5X6   1X2   OAANAN YN JD A NZI AIK AN JON A NN Y     Fan drive     o  Network     CNO1 AE px adaptor    ED 1123  Option     121 NOS    Es    f  
21.    WHI  A2   CN60 CN81 CN20   WHI   BLK   BLU   Option GRL    Color identification      RED BLK   BLACK     WHITE GRY   GRAY     YELLOW PNK   PINK     BLUE ORN   ORANGE  BROWN GRN   GREEN               Sold  separately        I  POIN        d  L Duire2 1  puN  Z L Z    HI8trOdV    HL9EOdV  HLZe0dV HLtpeDdV  HE8LOdV  HESEOdV OINWIN    D      TA TCJ TC2 TC1                         a   00900909    1A IQ Ie  51418108215   EA Y  NY WAN ee E PE E  dm Es RES  E  060000 rra Pe MI BI M  I H    Gees 10245 40106 e  faye  121 010218   CN82 CN33 CN34 CN104 CN102 CN101 CN100  BLU WHI RED YEL RED BLK BRW L      BLU   WHI  BES NESE AGO o TAS   GRN   2   CNO080 o   GRN     BX  Control P C  board  3   Set for Indoor unit O  T3 15A 250V  MCC 1402 ED   gt  EXCT  O L Power oDC20V NY  i it AR   circui o DC7V  WHD e  Flow selector  unit earth A  screw AR  RED   CN66 CN40 CN50 CN61 CN32 CN60 CN81 CN20  Closed end  WHI   BLU   WHI   YEL   WHI   WHI   BLK   BLU   connector ya YAY TN Wei T y  NV ne WoW N  N VaN nN aY     N ANI KSM kl Se Nal Ma  Sei Y my Lem Lee Lane Lafe Lee Lem tee Lee Lafe Lee  aS es ies LES Mera a LR LLO Mero  C   118    Fandrive Option       ROGN  DO YA  Power supply  single phase    220 240V 50Hz  220V 60Hz    Indoor unit 1  Oindicates the terminal bolock   Letter at inside indicates the terminal number   2  A dotted line and broken line indicate  the wiring at side   Color 3  EZZindicates the control PC  board   indication    Earth screw              RED   RED  SC NE   Symbol   P
22.    e Check connection of TO sensor connector     Check characteristics of TO sensor resistance value     Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error        e Check connection cabling of TA sensor connector   e Check characteristics of TA sensor resistance value   e Check indoor PC  board error         e Check connection of TS1 sensor connector    e Check characteristics of TS1 sensor resistance value      Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error   r    e IGBT built in temp sensor erro      Exchange IPDU PC  board      Check installation of TE1 sensor and TL sensor   e Check characteristics of TE1 and TL sensor resistance value     Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error       Check connection of high pressure Pd sensor connector     Check connection of low pressure Ps sensor connector     Check pressure sensors Pd and Ps error      Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error      Check compression error of compressor        Lol    Check code    Wired Outdoor 7 segment display  remote  Check code Auxiliary code       controller       F23   i lf    Ti  H01 HO  01  Compressor 1   HO2 HO2 01  Compressor 1       S             AI NET puits ee Error detection condition Check item  position   central control  remote controller    I F Ps sensor error All stop Output voltage of Ps sensor was zero  e Misconnection of Ps sensor and Pd sensor connectors    Check connection of Ps sensor connector     Check Ps sensor error     Check compression error of compressor     Check 4 way valve error     Check outdoor PC  b
23.    i 112  W RED     1   O indicates the terminal block  letter at inside  indicates the terminal number     3  indicates the control P C  board     Indoor control P C  board  BLK     0000006  ON AN AN AN OYD Y    2  A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site     Fs  a   CN33 GI 1  CN34  GREEN ODA    cn104 ADO    YEL  SS e    TCJ    CN101 saul   2X2     A TC2   CN100 Poy    BRN  oe em    PNL    o   3   CN73 9 EXCT   2      M       RED   CN60 CN81 CN20 CN70   WHI   BLK   BLU   WHI      112131415   1  2X3 4X5   Ns NA Ns Ns A OOOO A     Signal output     Color identification    RED BLK        WHITE GRY      YELLOW PNK           BLUE ORN      BROWN GRN      Drain pump motor  Float switch  RY302 Drain pump control relay    PMV Pulse Motor Valve       H8I9S0dV  Hg8I8tO0dV  H4aL9e0dV  Hatoeodv    HA LLZOdY ANIN    Ha8LtzoOdV  H4L8L0dV  H4LSLOdV  HatLerodv  Hareoodv  Harzoodv aiwiN    I9poIN    ed    pIepuels 1ong poejeeouo  G L       ed     Ez   absorber  Color 8 ec    indication   RED   RED  WHI  WHITE  YEL   YELLOW  BLU   BLUE  BLK   BLACK  GRY   GRAY  PNK   PINK  ORN   ORANGE  BRW   BROWN  GRN   GREEN                  FAN  CNO83 WHI           Cem tege  ae    VN  ee   318          CN309   YEL                BRW   BLU              Flow selector  unit earth  screw        RED  e HI  Closed  end  connector  F RED    8  T10A250V N RED 6 5  O O  oa oa  O  YEL J4 3  Closed end     alz  connector    Ho  Indoor unit 9009 d  Earth screw    LAC A OSA AI GRY  Power supply   2   
24.   40  C or higher    Discharge temperature TD1 or TD2 was   Check refrigerant shortage   continuously 108  C or higher for 10 minutes   e Check outdoor PMV clogging     Check characteristics of TD1  TD2 sensor resistance value     Check indoor air filter clogging     Check pipe clogging     Check SV circuit  Valve leakage  misinstallation     Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe     Discharge temperature  TD2  exceeded 115  C     Check full opening of outdoor service valves  gas side  liquid side      Check clogging of outdoor PMV     Check characteristics of TD2 sensor resistance value     Check 4 way valve error     Check leakage of SV4 circuit     Check SVA circuit     Check leakage of SV5 valve circuit     Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe        Scl    Check code    Wired Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET  remote central control  controller   Check code  Auxiliary code    emote controller    Detected outdoor  unit No     P20 P20     22 UF       Detected Check code    position name Error detection condition       4 way valve    operation error detected in heating       High pressure Pd sensor detected 3 6MPa or more   protective    operation    All stop    Outdoor fan  IPDU error      Fan motor  current error    All stop  Auxiliary code   A   e Short circuit current was detected when 2  seconds or more passed after start time     Over current was detected when 30  seconds or more passed after start time     Fan motor G Tr short circui
25.   7 1  Indoor Unit    7 1 1  Setup of Selecting Function in Indoor Unit   Be sure to Execute Setup by a Wired Remote Controller      lt Procedure gt  Execute the setup operation while the unit stops      DON   OFF    FAN MODE 4  CED    SWING FIX VENT       O  O1 GA    1 Push   5  6  and   buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more     The firstly displayed unit No  indicates the master indoor unit address in the group control   In this time  the fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on     2 Every pushing  gt   button  the indoor unit numbers in the group control are successively  displayed  In this time  the fan of the selected indoor unit only is turned on     3 Specify the item code  DN  using the setup temperature   v   and CA   buttons     4 Select the setup data using the timer time  v  and  4  buttons      When selecting the DN code to    33     change the temperature indication of the unit from      C     to      F    on the remote controller      D Push C button   OK if display goes on      To change the selected indoor unit  return to procedure 2   e To change the item to be set up  return to procedure J     6 Pushing e button returns the status to normal stop status     63    Table  Function selecting item code  DN    Items necessary to perform the applied control at the local site are described      DN    Mem   Desenpgen JI   Atshipment    01  Filter display delay 0000   None 0001   150H According to type  timer 0002   2500H 0003   5000H  0004   10000H  02  
26.   H8 3039  Driver    Outside  output       Power     Power      supply     supply      L N U1 U2 et Outdoor Outdoor  Ut U2 communication unit unit    Outdoor unit    Bower supply Max  8 units are connectable   1  1 220 240V  50Hz  10220V  60Hz  1 However in a case that the network  adaptor is installed when 2 wireless  remote controller kits are connected     maximum 7 units are connectable    2 The network adaptor is installed to only   3 Nome for high wall spearate    sold parts for under ceiling   one unit     ad    ong ue     Salas z  ad    Bessey oDJeuosiq AY Aem           sa119S 1  Sd  L eM UBIH    Sd    Buijs apun    edAL puepuels 19ng pajes9uos       adAL   yp  sses oDueuosiq sly Aem p j9edulo     ad    91495Se  oeDjeuosiq sly Aem p    1 1 19  0 JU09 DJOWS  SS9 94IM JO UOIIZUUOS  e    ZG        Network adaptor  Option            E  4  m  Network 7  adaptor Remote Indoor control P C  board  MCC 1403  z    PC  board controller Remote  mmun n controller     MCC 1401  CO TS communication Wireless remote    circuit controller kit                         Central control ALNET   F  remote controller LL Hemiaton   TA sensor  emer     UNIC   TA sensor   sensor controller   Option  circuit communication  x src  H8 3039 2    Power    circuit          Driver       Display  TCJ sensor   Sensors   Display     4  Float input    None for  Concealed Duct              Outside    signal input circuit  circuit    Transformer      L E ue Indoor Outdoor  U1 U2 communication    Outdoor unit
27.   ICF 140 63  is normal   Between      Red lead  and  2   White lead   Between  2   White lead  and  3   Black lead   Between  3   Black lead  and  1   Red lead   of motor winding of connector  CN301     YES             The status that there is  5k to 20kW resistance values between   1   Yellow lead  and  4   Pink lead   of motor position detection of  connector  CN300  is normal     NO    YES    Fan lock      Fan IPDU PC  board error     Overload     External cause such as power surge    Fan IPDU power P C  board error       Correct cable connector connection          CN301  CN303   Motor coil winding  CN300  CN302   Motor position detection    Replace fan motor        Check fan IPDU     Is there no problem such as stuffing or YES  blast blowing to discharge port of outdoor fan   NO    Correct cause of overload     Check code Check code name Cause of operation     P26     14  G Tr short circuit protection error     TCC L   AI NET     Is the power supply voltage  to the outdoor unit normal     YES    Is wire connector connection  on the IPDU P C  board normal     YES    Is compressor operation normal     YES    Is smoothing capacitor normal    4700uF  400V     YES    Replace IPDU P C  board     NO    NO    NO    1  Outdoor unit power error   2  IPDU error Cable connection error  3  Compressor error   4  IPDU P C  board error       Correct power line     Correct the wire connections     Replace compressor     Check capacity valve  external appearance     SUL    Check code Chec
28.   Note  Determine the cable length between the indoor control P C  board and the relay within 2m     B Demand control from indoor unit    When the relay is turned on  a forced thermostat OFF operation starts       Wiring example  Relay  procured locally          Note  Determine the cable length between the indoor or  outdoor control P C  board and the relay within 2m      2P plug  RED  Relay coil signal    Indoor control P C  board    68    7 2  Outdoor Unit    7 2 1  Applied Control in Outdoor Unit    The following functions are available by using a separately supplied P C  board   Set up the switches on the outdoor unit  U1      Power peak cut control  Standard  SWO07 CN513 TCB PCDM2E  Power peak cut control  Expansion  SW07 CN513 TCB PCDM2E    External master ON OFF control o  J  CN512 TCB PCMO2E  Night operation control NS CN508 TCB PCMO2E  Operation mode selection control Pf CN510 TCB PCMO2E       Outdoor unit interface P C  board Connector position detail         ic ET  E  m            a ps    MUST eet IE A  x I E ET j    a ur  E AIR UE  M aa es E Fie a      r a      a T 3    For power peak cut control selection       For power peak cut control  expansion  selection    69    1st revised   Jun  2006    7 2 1 1  Cooling Priority  Heating Priority Control    B Usage Features  Cooling priority or heating priority can be selected     There are the following four patterns in selecting setup of the priority mode  Select a priority mode based  upon the demand of the destination
29.   O indicates the terminal block  letter at inside RY004 Heater control relay  indicates the terminal number  RY005 007   Fan MOLOI control relay  Outdoor 2  A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site  Foai witen    unit    Drain pump motor    PMV Pulse Motor Valve    3  indicates the control P C  board        I  POIN    HALZLOdV  HAL600dV    HALZOOdY NNIN     ad    19edui05  ad      y  sses oDueuosiqg uly   em L       L Z    L      Indoor unit  earth screw                   Power supply    single phase    220 240V 50Hz    220V 60Hz     symbol   Partsname           DM              Drain pump motor        Flow selector unit  earth screw    a     gt  WIA   YN IN    WHI SE end     connector                d    l  i E  l         UU   IN IN       Outdoor  unit    l  l  l     1    Wired  remote  controller       Adapter for    wireless remote    controller       Color    WHI  YEL  BLU  BLK    indication  RED     WHITE     YELLOW    BLUE     BLACK  GRY   DNK       RED          GRAY  PINK           GRN        MCC 1401    AI NET    Network adapter   Option     ORN  ORANGE  BRN  BRWN  GREEN                   Motor drive  circuit    CN309  CN50 CNO61 CN32    YEL     WHI   YEL   WHI    AY YSY  AAAA EAA LS  GI  T10 Fan  rive                                                ne el    High ceiling setup       Too o  1   2   3   4   5  FS  MA A34 9    00 o e DEED EXE o  OI   DIS a DOG Wer   CN112 CN111 CN110  CN104 7 DD   WHI   WHI   WHI   VEL  2 0    TCJ  CN71  S   CHK  CN102 HI
30.   Open DISP pin     108    1st revised   Jun  2006       9 7 11  Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch  When using a remote controller with the model name RBC ATM21E  the following monitor  functions can be used     Calling of display screen     Contents     The temperature or the operation status of the remote controller  indoor unit  or each sensor of the outdoor unit  can be known by calling up the service monitor mode from the remote controller      Procedure     1 Push C5   G buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds  or more to call up the service monitor mode  The  service monitor goes on  and temperature of the  item code ZZ is firstly displayed     2 Push the temperature setup  y     A  buttons to  select the item number  Item code  to be monitored  4   MODE                           CS   For displayed codes  refer to the table below   me CET   3 Push Ct  button to change the item to one to be 1  monitored  Then monitor the indoor unit and sensor  temperature or operation status in the correspond  Operation procedure    ing refrigerant line   1 2 3 4    4 Pushing  2  button returns the display to the normal  display     Returns to the normal display    E Room temp  During control    10  Compressor 1 discharge temp  Td   discharge temp  Td1   Compressor 2 discharge temp  Td2  E  Room temp  Remote controller   2 High pressure sensor detention    Indoor suction temp  TA     pressure  Po   Low pressure sensor detention x 100    pressure  Ps       M  Sulontemp TS       
31.   SW03 to  1  and push  SWO5 for 2 seconds or more      Display shown on 7 segment display for one minute as follows    P    00      Clear     After 2 minutes  1 minutes for  Close fully   have passed when setup has finished  the PMV automatically  returns to the normal operation     9 7 5  Pulse Motor Valve  PMV  Forced Open Fully Close fully Function in  Outdoor Unit    This function is provided to fully open or close fully the PMV used in the outdoor unit for 2 minutes      Open fully   Short circuit CN30 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit      Close fully   Short circuit CN31 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit      Clear     After 2 minutes  the opening returns to the  normal operation     Be sure to remove the short circuit after confirmation        104    9 7 6  Solenoid Valve Forced Open Close Function in Outdoor Unit    This function is provided to forcibly open close each solenoid valve mounted in the outdoor unit by use of the  switches provided on the outdoor unit interface P C  board  This function confirms the operation of each solenoid  valve      Operation    1  On the interface P C  board set SWO1 to  2   SW02 to  1  and SWO3 to  3     2  Confirm  H r  is displayed on the 7 segment display  B   Push switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more    3  Confirm  2  is displayed on the 7 segment display   this indicates that solenoid SV2 has been switched on    4  Each solenoid can be operated by selecting the appropriate SW02 position as shown in th
32.   TC  F6   P C  Board Ass   y  Fan IDPU   MCC 1531    P C  Board Ass y  Interface     MCC 1429    P C  Board Ass y  A3 IPDU     MCC 1535       702 703        gt    n  LOC teas   ACH    A       191     TD   TS   TL   TE   TO        1st revised   Jun  2006    TD   Discharge pipe temp  sensor  TS   Suction pipe temp  sensor    TE   Condenser pipe temp  sensor  TO   Outdoor pipe temp  sensor       43160579  4316V309    43158197  43163017    43063248  43158196  43160581  43160574               Location    Legation PartNo    Description    Terminal  30A  4P    P C  Board Ass   y   Noise Filter  MCC 1551    Reactor  CH 65  Supporter  Supporter Ass y  Ttansformer  TT 01  Terminal  60A  3P    Terminal  4P  AC30V DC42V  1A       Liquid line    p lt      34 Joint check    TL      aere    13    Valve packed    36  Tank liquid    Ka    Pulse motor valve    90 ID  2 2 x 100L    25 Strainer    21     s 23 Strainer          14 Valve ball    43041788    43151283    43046442    43146699  43146687  43146711   43146712  43146709  4314Q030  43148212    Ke E    Conpressor   DA420A3F 20M2   Swirch  Pressure   ACB 4UB32W   Valve  Packed  9 52 DIA  Valve  Ball  B5 8F   Valve  4 Way  STF 0401G  Valve  2 Way  VPV 122DQ1  Valve  2 Way  VPV 303DQ1  Valve  PMV  HAM BD24TF 1  Strainer  DIA 15 9  Accumulator  7L       Condenser    15 1 4  Refrigeration Circuit Diagram        192       38 High pressure sensor    33    Valve L  check         5  Compressor     TD    34 Joint check      High pressure           
33.   Type     2H series  Refer to the description of  Under Ceiling Type  1 way Air  Discharge Cassette Type  2SH Series                  Floor Standing Cabinet Type     In Cooling operation     In cooling operation  set the air outlet louver with a horizontal  set point so that the cold air diffuses the whole room      In Heating operation  For Heat pump model only      In heating operation  set the air outlet louver with a down   wards set point so that the hot air blows towards the floor     How to change the air outlet port  Change the air outlet port using the following procedure     1 Remove the two fixing screws on the air outlet  port   The fixing screws are reused      2 Remove the discharge port  by pushing up on the  rear side  to a point where you can remove it from  the rear clip     3 Lift the air outlet port upwards and remove it     4 Reverse the air outlet port and attach it to the  main unit   Pay attention so that four claw hooks  two at rear and  two at the lower sides  are hooked on the mounting  position     5 Be sure to tighten the air outlet port with the  removed fixing screws so that the air outlet port  does not come off     CH    SV    Floor Standing Type    Adjustment of air flow direction upwards downwards     In Cooling operation     In cooling operation  move the louver with your hands so that the horizontal  air outlet points in a direction so that the cold air diffuses the entire room      In Heating operation  For Heat pump model only      In h
34.   buttons   The change will not be accepted      The contents available to be set up on the remote  controller differ according to the central control  mode  For details  refer to Owner s Manual of the  central control remote controller      1 Oset up temperature display  The selected set up temp  is displayed     1 TRemote controller sensor display    Displayed while the sensor on the remote  controller is used     LV    Operation section  Push each button to select a desired operation   This remote controller can operate a maximum of 8 indoor units       Before the unit can begin operation  it is firstly necessary to set the units operating parameters   After this has been completed the air conditioner can be used by pushing the AA button only     1 7      TEMP     DON   OFF    FILTER  RESET TEST    SRO Co       3    1 Air volume select button  Selects the desired air volume mode     F or the Concealed Duct High Static Pressure  type models this function is unavailable       Operation lamp  The light will be ON when the unit is in opera     Note  The light will flash if a protective device    2   has been operated or if the timer function has  Timer set button an error   The TIMER SET button is used when the timer is  set up  8 ONE button    When the button is pushed  the operation  starts  If the button is pressed again  the unit  operation will stop     When the unit operation has stopped  the  operation lamp and all of the displays will    3 Check button    The CHECK but
35.   o  o  ojuwjo    Cassette Type MMU AP0181WH 018 type 2 00    MMU AP0241WH 024 type 2 50  MMU AP0271WH 027 type 3 00 8 0 9 0  MMU AP0301WH 030 type 3 20 10 0    9 0   MMU AP0071 YH 0 80 Available   MMU AP0091YH 1 00 Available   MMU AP0121YH 1 25 Available  4 5 5 0    MMU AP0152SH 015 type 1 70 Available  MMU AP0182SH 018 type 2 00 5 6 6 3  MMU AP0242SH 024 type 2 50    MMD AP0071BH 007 type 0 80  MMD AP0091BH 009 type 1 00    MMD AP0121BH 012 type  MMD AP0151BH 015 type  Standard Type  gt  MMD AP0241BH 024 type    MMD AP0271BH 027 type  MMD AP0301BH 030 type    MMD AP0361BH 036 type  MMD AP0481BH  MMD AP0071SPH   007 type  MMD AP0091SPH  MMD AP0121SPH    MMD AP0151SPH 015 type  MMD AP0181SPH 018 type    MMD AP0181H 018 type  MMD AP0241H 024 type  MMD AP0271H 027 type    MMD AP0361H 036 type  MMD AP0481H 048 type    MMC AP0151H 015 type  MMC AP0181H 018 type  MMC AP0241H 024 type  MMC AP0271H 027 type    MMC AP0361H 036 type  MMC AP0481H 048 type             1 way Air Discharge  Cassette Type       Available          Available                             Available       Available  Slim Duct Type Available  Available    Available       Concealed Duct  High Static  Pressure Type                Under Ceilling Type             ol     1st revised   Jun  2006  2nd revised   Sep  2006      MMK AP0091H 009 type 2 8 Available   High Wall Type MMK AP0121H 012 type 3 6 i Available    1 series  e MMK AP0151H 015 type 4 5 Available    e MMK AP0181H 018 type 5              Available    6 3 
36.   oO D oo  c n LL   5 o 50 5  es  0  0 10 20 30 40 50  30  20  10 O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 290 100    Temperature   C  Temperature    C     10 7 3  Temp  Sensor Characteristic    Td sensor characteristic Ta and other sensor characteristic  Except for Td     rompas  0  0   e  s    Tem  3  9   2  o  Resistance value Ka   se   34   20   13   8    151       10 8  Pressure Sensor Output Check    10 8 1  Outdoor Unit    B Pd sensor characteristics    0 to 4 41MPa  0 5 to 5V output with O to 4 41MPa   Voltage check between CN501    and Q pins on the outdoor unit I F P C  board  Tester    rod at Q pin side     Pd     600   0 00      0 02   0 00    0 04   0 00    0 06   0 00    0 08   0 00    0310   0 00    032  0 00  F014   0 00   0 16   0 00    018   0 00   0 20   0 00   0 22   0 00   0 28   0 00   0 25   0 00   0 27   0 00    029   0 00   0 31   0 00    033   0 00    035  0 00   037   0 00    039   0 00    041   0 00   0 43   0 00    045   0 00    047   0 00   0 49   0 00    066   0 16    090   0 39_   096   0 45_    aa eol e   147  066   67   149  068   69   139  087 aa   147  0 95   96   148  097   9 8   180  0 99   10 0    152          B Ps sensor characteristics    O to 1 48MPa  0 5 to 5V output with O to 1 48MPa   Voltage check between CN500    and    pins on the outdoor unit I F P C  board  Tester    rod at Q pin side     0 00  000   00   0 02  000   00    am  000   00    0 06   0 00  106  0 18   18   0 08  0 00 1 07 19  307   0 84   86   09  0 19  309  0 85   86   020  0 53
37.   operation continues with further error for a period of 10 minutes  or more    e  f the error count reaches 4  the check code  P04  is displayed            61    Other cautions    1  Cooling operation in low ambient temperatures    1  The indoor unit freeze prevention control system  TC sensor  may decrease the command frequency to  the outdoor unit when low coil temperatures are detected     2  The cooling capacity control may decrease the command frequency to the outdoor unit when low ambient  temperature is detected     3  When the discharge temperature sensor value reaches 60  C or below  the frequency may be increased  above the required demand from the indoor unit     2  PMV  Pulse Motor Valve  for outdoor unit    1  When the system power is turned on an audible  clicking  sound is omitted due to the PMV initializing   this is a normal condition  When the outdoor unit is situated near other sources of noise  this sound may  not be noticeable     2  Do not remove the driving part  head  of the PMV during operation as it may cause the PMV to malfunction     3  When transporting or replacing the outdoor unit  never keep the driving part  head  removed from the  PMV body as the valve will be closed and may result in damage or failure due to sealed liquid compression     4  When refitting the driving part  head  to the body of the PMV  apply pressure until a  click  sound can be  heard  complete the process by resetting the power to the system     62    7  APPLIED CONTROL  
38.   played on the remote controller even when the status is ready to heat     How to adjust the air flow direction    SWING FIX   i      Push the button during operation  1 Every time you push the button the air    flow direction will change     In Heating operation In Cooling   Dry operation    Set the horizontal louver  Up Down y   Set the horizontal louver Y    Up Down air direction adjustment plate     air direction adjustment plate   downwards  H the air flow is directed      upwards  the hot air may not reach T   the floor  creating an uneven tem  Initial setup  perature within the room     upwards  If directing the air flow   downwards  condensation may   form on the surface of the louver Initial setup  and may cause water to drip     How to adjust the air flow direction  using the    swinging function i  TEMP   DON   OFF  2 Push the button     Set the direction of the horizontal louver   Up Down air direction adjustment plate  to its    lowest position and then push the button CR   again  SWING FIX     SWING _    is displayed and the air direction will GE   automatically upwards or downwards  E L                        In cases where one remote controller controls  multiple indoor units  it is possible to set each  indoor unit individually  so that the air flow direction  can be altered     How to stop the louver from swinging  SWING FIX    Push the button again while the horizontal  louver is moving    In all modes        gt       The horizontal louver can be stopped a
39.  1 Heat sink overheat error All stop IGBT built in temp Check power voltage    sensor  TH  was Check outdoor fan system error    overheated  Check clogging of heat sink cooling duct   Check fixation between IGBT and heat sink   Check screwing and contact    Check IPDU error  IGBT built in temp sensor  TH  error         vol          Check code        Detected   Check code  Wired Outdoor 7 segment displa AI NET ine Status  remote g NS central control   POSItion name  controller   Check code   Auxiliary code   remote controller    P10 P10 Indoor address Indoor   Indoor All stop  with trouble overflow error    Indoor   Indoor fan Corresponding  motor error   unit only stops     The standard ducted unit air conditioner utilizes a direct current  DC  indoor fan motor that features current  limiting protection  In the event power is not isolated prior to sos He protective control circuit will activate  and stop the unit operating  The check code  P12 will be displayed on the remote controller once service work  has been completed  this code can be cleared by switching off then on the electrical isolation device of the  indoor unit and pressing the operation stop button on the remote controller to reset the system       Outdoor liquid All stop  back   detection   error    Gas leak All stop  detection   TS1  condition   02  TD condition Gas leak All stop  detection   TD condition     Discharge All stop  temp TD2  error       Error detection condition Check item  position            Fl
40.  1 and 2     It is the check after the power has been turned on   Check the refrigerant circuit system is normally turned on     Check the main power supply  is turned on     Start the address setup in the outdoor indoor units    NOTE  The operation does not start by only power ON     Set up the addresses   Test operation    Carry out a test operation   Check air blowing and cooling heating operation in the indoor unit        9 2  Check Items before Test Operation    Prior to the test operation  check the following items so that there is no trouble in the installation work     Main check items for electric wiring    The communication system differs from  that of R22 or R407 refrigerant     Modular Multi system      air conditioner     Check again cautious points on wiring     Outdoor unit  3            1  In case that a center control  system is not connected     Over current breaker  fuse   Earth leakage breaker    Power supply    eu        AIST     A B     e          Earth leakage breaker  Power supply    controller    Main check items    Are indoor and outdoor communication lines of the outdoor unit connected to U1 U2  terminals     Is the relay connector between U1 U2 terminal and U3 U4 terminal removed    Set up at shipment from the factory     Is the terminator resistor  SW30 2  on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit  turned on   Set up at shipment from the factory            Is the end terminal of the shield cable grounded     Note  The above figure does not s
41.  3  Single phase    220 240V 50Hz cl  220V 60Hz      LAAAAAAAAHNSY  O Se E e  5  d O e T  IN ZA  AN ZA CEN ZA  AMA ls  AN Zi     Li Li LV Li    CN044 CNO40 CN041   BLU                 vk     1   2   3   4   5   OA AN ZA ADN A    A in     Option   ces CERO a as NN      2   MCC 1401    l DIAN S  j Notiz       WH  1123 i   DE j  iara y    Re     engt  l A     L   22     i  1723  RED     z ES l  l ESL i    OY  i                        na 1 Network adaptor    S A          1X2   KI rs   1X2   IN ee cl     1   2   SSA   1   2   D S    ALS   NN SSA  Ns LA ae             Indoor control P C  board    Power    supply  circuit    CNO75 CNO061  WHI    YEL     444 414444     CN032   WHI     Le     we Ne     W ep W    1213141516  Tto  VN a W   sen VW A W   pe Wl HAY  C YETSTAYST6  ous  NOIA    SAS ZI  re  VEL  ODIO IO AIRRAA    Y    1520  VN aN enn VW is VW WA   LEAL SEALS LS  CNO   HEES Geo  SSES SO EE ST    TR    1   O indicates the terminal block  letter at inside indicates the terminal number     2  A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site   3  indicates the control P C  board     4  When attaching a drain pump  exchange CNO30 connector with the  of the float switch     5   Apart is connected to the terminal block     When exchanging to the outside static pressure necessary at the local site   check the terminal No  and lead color of the fan motor in the below diagram   and then exchange the lead wire indicated by the arrow mark         Wired for MMD AP0481 only   BRN W
42.  9 7 2  Error Clearing Function    1  Clearing from the main remote controller     Error clearing in outdoor unit     Error of the outdoor unit is cleared by the unit of one refrigerant circuit system to which the indoor units oper   ated by the remote controller   Error of the indoor unit is not cleared      For clearing errors  the service monitor function of the remote controller is used      lt Method gt     1 Change the mode to service monitor mode by pushing 5    3 buttons simultaneously for 4  seconds or more     2 Using  y     A  buttons  set  FF  to item code     The display in Section A in the following figure is counte    ee SITE an  amp  amp  710711071 0 0  6 F0 G4       d with interval of 5 seconds as  OLI er Se     7    A  gt  EG GEE DL ic bet SE se DET T 5   EG   UDUU      When the count arrives    Li     the error is cleared     x However  counting from    ACLS    is repeated on the display     y    3 When   5 button is pushed  the status returns to the normal status     Operation procedure    15253    The status returns to the normal status     Section A                          Error clearing in indoor unit     Error in the indoor unit is cleared by 24225  button on the remote controller      Only error of the indoor unit connected with operating remote controller is cleared      101    2  Clearing from the interface P C  board    Using the switches on the interface P C  board  this function is to clear the currently detected error for each  refrigerant circ
43.  Cause of operation     H01     1F  Compressor breakdown   Outdoor unit power line error   TCC L   AI NET    Compressor circuit system error      Compressor error    Cause of abnormal overload operation    IPDU P C  board error    NO  Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal  Correct power line     220     240V   10     YES  Is connection of wiring or connection of NO f  m  connector on IPDU PO board normal  Correct connector connection or wiring   YES            Is winding resistance NO  between phases of corresponding rl hend eee   compressor normal   Note 1   Motor burning  etc    YES   Is not it an abnormal overload  Correct cause of overload    N   Note 1   Take off lead cable of compressor     1  Check resistance between windings  It is normal if there are 0 10 to 0 30     2  Check insulation between outdoor cabinet and terminal   It is normal if there are 10MQ or more     Check IPDU P C  board S    YES  O       Details of compressor  power connecting section    CAUTION      After checking the output  when connecting the compressor lead again to the compressor terminal  check  surely there is no distortion on the Fasten receptacle terminal     If it is loosened  caulk it with pinchers  etc and then connect lead to the terminal firmly        Check code Check code name Cause of operation     H02     1d  Compressor error  Lock    Outdoor unit power line error   TCC L   AI NET    Compressor circuit system error    Compressor error    Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shel
44.  Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type   Dehumidity   DS AUTO H  8  HIGH     8 MED  HH    Low  VY  One push of the button  and the display OB auto Sie  ER LE  changes in the order shown on the right   e When the air volume is set to    AUTO AS   the air volume will differ according to the room tempera   ture     In DRY    mode  the    AUTO        symbol will be displayed and the air volume will be LOW      n heating operation  if the room temperature is not heated sufficiently with the air volume set at    LOW          operation  select the    MED   8   or    HIGH  8    operation       The temperature sensor for the indoor unit is located near to the air inlet opening and therefore will  differ slightly from the actual room temperature  This difference may be increased decreased depending  on the type of room and its design   Automatic air speed cannot be selected in F AN mode        The Air V olume function is not provided on th  Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type  instead the  air speed    HIGH    3    symbol is displayed     J Select the air volume with the     button     4 Determine the set up temperature by pushing the    TEMP  Cy     or    TEMP  Ca  gt     button     Stop    Push the button   The operation lamp goes off and the unit will stop      DON   OFF  oS es     CV    REQUIREMENT How to set up the air direction    Push   2  button    In Cooling operation       The operation will start after approximately 1 minute  Every pushing the button  the air directi
45.  Fan IPDU   CNO2      NO    Noise filter P C  board   CNO8  Check the voltage  AC 220 240V        YES    Replace P C  board according to auxiliary code        02  Fan 1 IPDU error   04  Fan 2 IPDU error   06  Fan 1   Fan 2 IPDU error   07  All IPDU error or disconnection of communication line between IPDU I F P C  board or outdoor I F P C  board error    Replace TCJ sensor       Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics  See Characteristics 2     Are characteristics of TCJ sensor NO  resistance value normal     YES    Check indoor main P C  board   Defect  gt  Replace    Check code name Cause of operation      Connection error of communication line  between IPDU and I F PC  board      I F P C  board error    IPDU PC  board error      External noise  Check code        F02     Od  Indoor TC2 sensor error TC2 sensor Open Short   TCC L   AI NET     Correct connection     Is TC2 sensor connector  CN101  Black  NO  on indoor P C  board normally connected     YES    Are characteristics of TC2 sensor NO  YES   Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics  Check indoor main P C  board   Defect  gt  Replace    See Characteristics 2   Check code Check code name Cause of operation    Correct connection of communication line   Correct connection of communication line     Correct connection of power supply line        F03     93  Indoor TC1 sensor error TC1 sensor Open Short   TCC L   AI NET     NO  Is TC1 sensor connector  CN100  Brown     on indoor P C  board normally connected   
46.  If cooling operation is performed with downward air outlet  dew may form on the surface of the cabinet  or the horizontal louver  resulting in possible dripping of water     If heating operation is performed with the horizontal air outlet actively moving  unevenness of the    temperature may increase in the room     Do not move the louver directly with your hands during swing operation  otherwise a fault may be caused   The vertical louver does not stop immediately even if the button is pushed  To adjust the stop  SWING FIX    position  push the button        3 10  Timer Operation    A type of timer operation can be selected from the following three types    OF F timer   The operation stops when the time on the timer has reached the set time   Repeat OF F timer   The unit will stop  every time the set time period has elapsed    ON timer   The unit will start when the time on the timer has reached the set time     Timer operation       TEMP   DON   OFF    MODE  1    VENT    FILTER Ca  2    RESET TEST    OO       1 Push the TIMER SET button       The timer display  type  changes for every  push of the button     O     Co Ore         OFF timer          Repeat OFF timer   ON timer     e SET DATA and timer time displays flash   No display    2 Push the ICS buttons to select the    SET TIME        F or every push of th amp A  button  the set time increases in the unit of 0 5 hr  30 minutes    The maximum set time is 72 0 hr    F or every push of th amp w  button  the set time decr
47.  Indoor Unit    1  Stop indoor and outdoor units operation and turn off power supply to each units     2  Remove connection cable of PMV Kit from P C  board of indoor unit and connect PMV of indoor unit to PC   board     Indoor unit Pulse motor valve  PMV    Indoor unit side     Connection cable    PMV Kit    CN82 connector       Indoor control P C  board    Connector conversion cable  Note   MMK APXXX2H  High Wall Type  does not use a this conversion cable    3  Turn on power supply of only indoor unit and fully open PMV of indoor unit     Note   While turn on power supply of indoor unit  outdoor unit also turns on power supply  PMV of indoor unit  can not be fully opened     4  After 2 minutes from turn on power supply of indoor unit  turn off power supply of indoor unit       After this work  PMV of indoor unit is fully opened  While this work  do not order of operation from remote  controller        5  Remove PMV of indoor unit from P C  board and connect connection cable of PMV Kit to P C  board   6  Treat wires and close electrical parts box of indoor unit     80    18    9  TEST OPERATION    9 1  Procedure and Summary of Test Operation    A test operation is executed in the following procedure  When a trouble or an error occurs in each step  remove  causes of a trouble or an error referring to the section    9  Troubleshooting        Check before test operation    Check the basic items  mainly the installation work   Be sure to enter the check results in the check list
48.  MCY MAP0501 HT  HTZ  HTZG  MCY MAP0601 HT  HTZ  HTZG  MCY MAP0401HT2D  HT2DZ  HT2DZG  MCY MAP0501HT2D  HT2DZ  HT2DZG        MCY MAP0601HT2D  HT2DZ  HT2DZG  15 1 1  Mini SMMS Unit    43120224  43191602  43122065  43191651  43041 788    43157287    43172196  43063332  4302C069  43148212  43100345  4314G210  4314G211  4318T727               TR       LEPE PLE            Fan  Propeller  PE492  Guard  Fin   Bell Mouth  Plastic  Guard  Fan    Compressor   DA420A3F 20M2    Heater  Crank Case   AC240V  24W    Heater  Case  29W  240V  Holder  Sensor   Motor  Fan  ICF 140 63 2R  Accumulator  7L   Panel  Back  Piping  Condenser Ass   y  Down  Condenser Ass   y  Up  Owner   s Manual    189    Location  No   31    4311M538  43149359    43194077  43119390  43032441  43100347  43100352  43100370  43100371  43100372  43097212  43047669  43063317  43019904           PartNo    Description      Mark  TOSHIBA  Socket  DIA 19 1 15 9   MAPO0601    Socket  1 8 IN  Hanger   Nipple  Drain  Panel  Front  Piping  Panel  Air Outlet  Panel  Front   Panel  Side   Panel  Roof   Nut   Nut  Flange   Holder  Thermostat  Holder  Sensor            15 1 2  Refrigeration Circuit    i           E EE KAKA    ARO    E    La RA RAA  CI er RR    22  44  59         i       7 2     EE E E EE Z E  E  17        LEA ZA    Location    No   Pato    Description    43041788    43050407  43151283    4316V135  43046442  43146699  43146683    43146706  43146716  37546847    43146687  43146711   43146708  43146712  43146709  43149
49.  P C  board are    1  Current release control  Feedback from the AC input current sensor  CT  is used to  prevent the inverter input current exceeding its specified limit   2  Heat sink temperature detection control    Feedback from the thermistor  TH  on the compressor driving  module is used to prevent the IGBT from overheating   The highest value is taken from IPDU TH sensors    3  Over current protective control    When an over current condition is detected by the IPDU  the  compressor is stopped    4  Compressor case thermo control  e The compressor stops when the compressor case thermostat is  activated   e Whenever this condition occurs  a 1 count is added to the   The case thermostat  system error count  is normally closed  e After a period of 2 minutes and 30 seconds  the compressor is and connected to  reactivated and the error count cleared if the operation contin  interface P C  board   ues without further error for a period of 10 minutes or more   e  f the error count reaches 4  the check code  H04  is displayed   11    High pressure  1  High pressure SW control  prevention   The high pressure switch is connected to the IPDU board and is  control in the normally closed condition    e When the high pressure switch is activated  the compressor is  stopped    e Whenever this condition occurs  a 1 count is added to the  system error count      After a period of 2 minutes and 30 seconds  the drive to the  compressor is reactivated and the error count is cleared if the
50.  Salas z  ad    Bessey 9BI18YISIG AY Aem           sa119S 1  ed  L em UBIH    Sd    Nuis apun    edAL puepuels 19ng pajes9uos      adAL 919858  oDueuosiq sly Aem p 19eduio5   ed    ejesse  oeDjeuosiq sly Aem p    COVL OOIN    p1809  Id 100puJ     1 11    LOL    Power transformer  Secondary side                         Power supply  AC11V  14V  20V  Indoor Outdoor communication  Spare   PMV output  Microcomputer p Indoor Outdoor communication     Also used for communication of  operation LED EEPROM the central control system   ER  TRP50A 1FA4B18053000 0 pop assy  QUS TRAG S        e ay owe   SP 6 3WAY  cwogiQQ8  MCC 1403 05 db  Power transformer A   D 2 d   i eal Ge 3   Primary side  AC IN E EE ST     A    gt  5   AC200V  ey GE    n3362 COS C048 mo G a S  CN074  qaot A      E m ie  Flap S S Remote controller  e  0    mC     power supply LED    m a    gt    E   L          VADO  N    5A   SS    FOO     is                7  Tse aer  c  E      a    l    Ki  08201      NAINA Ww w S    DB202     CNO90 1042 10415  7   41 oo a   29       IC010  amp       T8  gt      JC080 O E oed   E    d ISO enn sf          MODEL2 2  l w Wo    z JP MODELI 104     8    306 ciso 2 HBS cN050 2 E    3 EE   a A      CN  Es   LAS  S       Remote controller  Inter unit wire    LM CN033 L  70   d  s  CN      S 3 S  CN   e  zB 78 e 4 M   Z     8   HA  T10   C156 W   EG e S sS  HUI ong e  N C203  TT Ye  E S   50 a  N   H UN 5 E  Gi   3 g  VA003  3  Es   Ss     ES epa S v SEH Optional output  DPH CN303   e NE  
51.  address setup for all the refrigerant lines has been completed    otherwise address cannot be correctly set up           98    Note 1   When setting the line address from the remote controller  do not use address 29 and 30     The address 29 and 30 cannot be set up in the outdoor unit  Therefore if they are incorrectly set up  a check  code  E04   Indoor outdoor communication circuit error  is output        Confirmation of indoor unit address and position by using the remote controller   Confirmation of indoor unit address and the position   1  When you want to know the indoor address though position of the indoor unit itself can be  recognized    lt Procedure gt   Operation while the air conditioner operates     1 If it stops  push     button           UNIT    2 Push C  button     The unit No      is displayed on the LCD     Disappears after several seconds  The displayed   unit No indicates the line address and indoor 1  address   If there is other indoor unit connected   to the same remote controller  Group control  unit   other unit No  is displayed every pushing ALTER US    UNIT RESET TEST SET CL UNIT  C button                  Operate          OO LCOCOJC                  Operation procedure    152    2  When you want to know position of the indoor unit using the address  e To confirm the unit numbers in a group control     Procedure    Operation while the air conditioner stops     The indoor unit numbers in a group control are successively displayed  and the correspond
52.  and F is 15kg        NOTE 2   The standards for minimum room volume are as follows    1  No partition  shaded portion      2  When there is an effective opening with the adjacent  room for ventilation of leaking refrigerant gas   opening without a door  or an opening 0 15  or  larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or  bottom of the door         4  Outdoor unit    4     Refrigerant piping  eech               E y  Y    3  If an indoor unit is installed in each partitioned room  and the refrigerant piping is interconnected  the  smallest room of course becomes the object  But  when a mechanical ventilation is installed  interlocked with a gas leakage detector in the  smallest room where the density limit is exceeded     the volume of the next smallest room becomes the  object          Indoor unit    SS       Refrigerant piping        Outdoor unit    Indoor unit                Small Medium  room room Large room    Mechanical ventilation device   Gas leak detector    NOTE 3     The minimum indoor floor area compared with the  amount of refrigerant is roughly as follows    When the ceiling is 2 7m high     A  O    Range below the  density limit   of 0 3 kg m    countermeasures  not needed     3  N  m mM o Q  o a oOo a       Range above  the density limit  of 0 3 kg m     countermeasures         needed     Min  indoor floor area    10 20 30  Total amount of refrigerant kg       1st revised   Jun  2006  2nd revised   Sep  2006    CONTENTS  SEELEN 4  1  DESIGN METHODS ce
53.  and HEAT selected simultaneously    Dr indication is lit on the display column of the remote controller         When the following symptoms are found  stop the operation immediately  turn off the power supply  and contact the  dealer from where you have purchased the air conditioner     Activation of the power supply causing the unit to operate in an unstable fashion   power on  power off   power on  power off etc      The main power fuse often blows out  or circuit breaker is often activated     F oreign matters or water have entered the unit by mistake     When the unit fails to operate after the protective device  circuit breaker  has been removed   Not recommended     Other unexplained symptoms or unit abnormalities  that cannot be explained     0G    Confirmation and check    When a error has occurred in the air conditioner   the check code and the indoor unit No  will appear  on the display part of the remote controller     The check code is only displayed during while the  unit is operating    If the display disappears  operate the air condi   tioner according to the following  Confirmation of  error history  for confirmation  EE    CODE No        Indoor unit No  in which  an error occurred    Confirmation of error history   When a error has occurred on the air conditioner    the error history can be confirmed with the following  procedure   up to 4 errors can be stored in the 2  memory of the remote controller    The history can be confirmed from both operating   sta
54.  are  this turned on  the check code is automatically reset     900 lt     unt       Check code Check code name Cause of operation    Check code Check code name Cause of operation    Unit connected to other line    LEL     E20     42      TCC L   Al NET     during automatic address       Auxiliary code  01  Connection of outdoor of another system 02  Connection of indoor unit of another system       When starting automatic indoor address  a  F01     OF  Indoor TCJ sensor error TCJ sensor Open Short  device in another refrigerant system is  TCC L   AI NET   connected     NO  Is TCJ sensor connector  CN102  Red   on indoor P C  board normally connected     YES  Separate the wire between systems according to address setup method     Check code Check code name Cause of operation    IPDU communication error     E31     CF    TCC L   AI NET     Auxiliary code     01  Comp IPDU error   03  Comp   Fan 1 IPDU error  05  Comp   Fan 2 IPDU error                 Are communication connectors between  I F P C  board and comp IPDU connected     I F P C  board   CN600     Comp IPDU   CNO6    NO       YES            Are communication connectors  between comp IPDU and fan IPDU connected     Comp IPDU   CN22     Fan IPDU   CN804    NO       YES       Has the power supply connectors  connected comp IPDU and fan IPDU     Comp IPDU   CN13      NO       Fan IPDU   CNO1  Check the voltage  AC 220 240V       YES       Has the power supply connectors  connected fan IPDU and noise filter P C  board    
55.  as relay coil to  L1  L2  load  insert the bypass circuit        78    8  PMV KIT OUT LINE    8 1  Purpose of Using    In the case of very quiet room  and also very nervous for indoor unit noise level  PMV Kit should be installed    before indoor unit which should becom    e lower noise level     Multi indoor units have Pulse Motor Valve  PMV  for control refrigerant flow     Multi air conditioner  on unstable condi  conspicuously     tion  for example starting time  flowing noise of refrigerant can be heard    This refrigerant noise mainly comes from PMV  Especially very quiet room  for example bed room  somebody    feels uncomfortable for this refrigerant  Main purpose of PMV Kit restrains refr    noise from PMV   igerant noise which comes from PMV installed in indoor unit     PMV Kit should be installed at out of residence area  for example back of ceiling board   After installed PMV Kit  control function of refrigerant shifts to PMV of PMV Kit and PMV in indoor unit does not    be used     After that  refrigerant noise of PMV will  may be restrained      Image of installation   Without PMV Kit    To  outdoor unit    Refrigerant pipe    gobo    gobo      Shuru shuru       Living space     8 2  How to Use     Underpart of the roof        be coming from back ceiling board  and refrigerant noise of indoor unit    With PMV Kit    gobo    gobo      Shuru shuru      PMV Kit  X    Connection cable   Underpart of the roof     To  outdoor unit    Ceilling Ceilling    Refrigerant p
56.  b  s  WHI    Running capacitor    TC1 TC2 TCJ      Symbol    TR    000000000000    Indoor unit  earth screw       OG D  OY    Power supply    Si den m m a um mes i A     Gd mad M ea d EE a    RY001 Louver control relay    single phase 1     indicates the terminal block     CHECK Letter at inside indicates the terminal number  RY002 Drain control relay    2  A dotted line and broken line indicate RY004 Heater control relay  the wiring at side  RY005 007 Fan motor control relay  3    ZZindicates the control P C  board        I  POIN    ed    Joulqed Burpuels 10014  6 L c    HLitZOdV  HI8LOdV    HISLOAV    HLZLOdY  HE600dV  HEZ00dV  TININ    8c       22 AF AF AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV AV A    For AP0071BH AP0091BH AP0121BH    CN041   BLU     JAR  Aen  Set   MA        09  90 EE    r E cxx ee  t mmm mmm a Sech E Zeien See   E I  ME nier im bor l   H          bL Q i  l l lI  ER Sa I  eA a es ls Pee A 9 SS EE  o ieee eee EROR EES EA ARES eh   Network Y  m deu EE l DE adaptor       e TR K i  i f II  I     A 7 i  l  7 S  Flow selector CG NO ai rsrxa cc E e  i Dm OO  Hs    Screw SAR A GRASA Oy 8      r5  Closed end Y  CNO3 RED     connector RTL ZA  9 MC 01    Indoor unit    earth screw qd  yr  D ky Q ei    S Ed Z   Power supply Remote controller  single phase    220 240V 50Hz  220V 60Hz       1  Qiindicates the terminal block    Letter at inside indicates the terminal number   2  A dotted line and broken line 
57.  because the outdoor temperature goes    A GQ N      Timer time display  Time on the timer is displayed     out of the operable range    When a fault error occurs  the check code is 1 Ano function display  displayed      Displayed if there is no function even when the  5 Timer setting setup display button is pushed     When pushing the Timer setting button  the  display on the timer is selected in order of   OFF   gt  C9  OFF  repeat OFF timer  gt    ON      No display    6 Filter display   If    FILTER E   is displayed  clean the air filter    TEST run display 1 Owoae select control display    Displayed during a test run  Displayed when pushing the  Operation mode   8   select de   button while the operation mode is fixed  Flap position display in heating or cooling mode by the system manager   for 4 Way Air Discharge Cassette Type of the air conditioner   and Under Ceiling Type model only     Displays louver position     1 Dnir volume select display  The selected air volume mode is displayed      AUTO   g     HIGH  ay   MED   get  LOW  2    In the Concealed Duct High Static Pressure type  models   HIGH  only is displayed for the air speed     N       1    Central control display   Displayed when using the remote controller together  9 SWING display with a central control remote controller   Displayed during the up down movement of the If the Remote controller is prohibited at the central    flap  control side    2 flashes when operating the   DON OFF MODE      CD    Cv   CA
58.  branching joint RBM BY53E    4 branching header  1    8 branching header  1 RBM HY1083E        1  For each line after branching header  total indoor capacity code must be 6 0 maximum     1 1 4  PMV Kit    RBM PMV0361E 007  009  012 type    RBM PMV0901E 015  018  024 type       13    1 1 5  Remote Controller    Model  e    Wired remote controller    Been  E  o      C   O            wbd   O   E        pue  Lo             Bi   a      Qn     Wireless remote controller kit    RBC  AMT31E    RBC AX22CE2 TCB AX21E2    TCB  AX21U W  E2    Connected to indoor unit    Kiel E  BBE dB  e  Ex    Wired remote Wired remote  controller controller    In case of control by    2 remote controllers    Connected to indoor unit  TOSHIBA                                     Simple remote controller                                                 14    e Start   Stop     Mode Change     Temperature setting   e Fan speed   e Timer function   1  On or off elapsed timer with   30 minutes increments   Automatic off function     2  Weekly when combined with  RBC EXW21E2 weekly schedule  operation can be operated     Filter dirty indicator  Displays automatically maintenance time  of indoor filter by flashes     Self diagnosis function  Pressing     CHECK    button displays status code     Control by 2 remote controllers is available   Two remote controllers can be connected  to one indoor unit    The indoor unit can be separately  operated from a different location     Start   Stop  Temperature setting  
59.  button  the indoor unit  numbers in the identical pipe are successively  displayed      Only fan of the selected indoor unit operates                     To select another line address        5 Push  5 button to return to procedure 2       e The ae address of another line can be succes   sively confirmed     Operation procedure    13 2555  4   5 6 End    6 Push  5  button to finish the procedure     Change of indoor address from remote controller    Change of indoor address from wired remote controller    e To change the indoor address in individual operation  Wired remote controller   Indoor unit   1   1  or  group control  When the setup operation with automatic address has finished  this change is available       lt Procedure gt   Operation while air conditioner stops        1 Push simultaneously      5    amp  buttons for 4 seconds or more    The firstly displayed unit No  aus the header unit in group control      2 In group control  select an indoor unit No  to be changed by        button    The fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on         7    3 Using the setup temp  Cy    Ca  buttons  set  7  to the item code        4 Using the timer time  y    a  buttons  change the  displayed setup data to a data which you want  to change     5 Push   button     6 Using the 5 button  select the unit No  to be  changed at the next time  Repeat the procedure  to Bana change the indoor address so that it  is not duplicated                               09 010  MON A      After 
60.  connector  CN80    1  Check indoor PC  board error     L31 CS MM IC M Operation   PC  board  I F  parts   Check indoor A PC  board   Baue   error continues    error  P01 Indoor   Indoor fan motor error Corresponding   ccn asc NN the lock of fan motor  AC fan    unit only stops  e Check cabling     P03 Discharge temp TD1 error All stop Discharge temp  TD1     Check full opening of outdoor service valves  Gas side  Liquid side    exceeded 115  C    Check clogging of outdoor PMV     Check characteristics of TD1 sensor resistance value    Check refrigerant shortage    Check 4 way valve error    Check leakage of SV4 circuit    Check SVA circuit   Miswiring and misinstallation of SV4    Check leakage of SV5 circuit               P04   Actuation of high pressure All stop High pressure SW Check Pd pressure sensor error   SW actuated  Check full opening of outdoor service valves  Gas side  Liquid side    Check outdoor fan error   Check outdoor fan motor error   Check clogging of outdoor PMV   Check clogging of indoor outdoor heat exchangers   Check short circuiting of outdoor suction discharge air   Check clogging of SV2 circuit   Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error   Check indoor fan system error   Cause of air volume decrease   Check opening of indoor PMV   Check miscabling of communication line between indoor and outdoor   Check operation error of check valve of discharge pipe   Check SV4 valve circuit   Check SV5 valve circuit   Check refrigerant overcharge     P07 01  Compressor
61.  control is executed to balance the gas when opening  SV2 while the compressor is off  in order to decrease the  activation load in the next compressor ON time   This control is individually executed by the outdoor unit      2  SV2 high pressure release control    This control is to control pressure rising in low frequency  operation of the inverter      3  SV2 low pressure release control    This control is to prevent quick pressure dropping transient  operation  This control is individually executed by the outdoor  unit     This control is executed as necessary except during stop time  and thermostat OFF time      4  SV4 low pressure release control    This control is to prevent low pressure dropping and is  individually executed by unit     This control executed during defrost operation  heating start  pattern control operation and cooling operation      5  SV5 high pressure release control    This control is to prevent high pressure rising and executed  unit only     Frequency  1  High pressure release control    release control This function is to correct the operation command of the  compressor and suppress the rise of high pressure     1  Control contents    The operation frequency is decreased by 1 step when Pd  pressure  gt  3 4MPa  It is decreased by 1 step every 10  seconds until Pd pressure drops below 3 4MPa     2  Release condition  e When Pd pressure  lt  3 2MPa      When refrigerant recovery control starts in all heating  mode      During defrost operation  st
62.  cooling operation CN521  White   1  Detects outside temperature CN507  Yellow               Protection of compressor discharge temp  Used for release CN502  White     Controls super heat in heating operation CN504  White              High pressure sensor 1  Detects high pressure and controls compressor capacity CN501  Red   2  Detects high pressure in cooling operation and controls the fan in low    ambient cooling operation        Low pressure sensor 1  Detects low pressure in cooling operation and controls compressor CN500  White   capacity  2  Detects low pressure in heating operation and controls the super heat       Compressor case heater   1  Prevents liquid accumulation to compressor CN316  White   Accumulator case heater   1  Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator CN321  Red     92    4 3  Indoor Unit    Liquid side Gas side    V V  SCH   N    ls    Strainer Capillary tube    Air heat exchanger    at indoor side    Pulse Motor vw       GH     Valve  PMV     Distributor E  Sensor  TCJ  xc  m   TC2  Fan motor Sensor   TC1   Sensor   TA      NOTE  MMU AP0071YH to AP0121 YH type air conditioners have no TC2 sensor     Functional part name Functional outline    PMV  Pulse motor valve     Connector CNO82  6P   Blue   1  Controls super heat in cooling operation  2  Controls under cool in heating operation  3  Recovers refrigerant oil in cooling operation  4  Recovers refrigerant oil in heating operation    Temp  sensor 1  TA  Connector CN104  2P   Yellow   1  Detects i
63.  display  A   keep pushing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more    3  From when fan step   31  is displayed in 7 segment display  B   the fan starts operation   Max  step operation   4      After then  7 segment display  B  and the fan step are changed by changing the setup number of the  switches SW02 and SW03      Output pattern of the fan is as follows      SW02   SW03   7 segment display  B  SWO02   SWO03   7 segment display  B        emer mm   LM LE   Cl Lee  ET  ES  ES  ES  Le   ores Ze  gl ee Oe D ox   apo era  or   wl p Ze KS  ml p tsp    a  we  I rer E  SL CAE p o     wi   rur ZS  KSE ER  EN A E S    KS  LA  NX  IER  LAC  EZ  LE     dm      DS   s  KS  KR  Ez  ES  ES  ES  ES     Clear     This function is cleared by one of the following operations   1  When SWO1 setting number was changed to other number   2  Push switch SWO5 was pushed for 2 seconds or more     106    9 7 8  Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temp  TO  Sensor    This function is provided to fix TO sensor value manually by the switch operation on the interface P C  board in  the outdoor unit  When the unit stops abnormally due to TO sensor failure  etc  an emergent operation is avail   able by set up the value manually to position near the current outside temperature      Operation    1  Set the rotary switches on the interface P C  board to numbers as follows   e SW01  2    SWO   1    SWO3  15   e   segment display   t o    2  Keep pushing the push switch SW04 on the interface P C  board for 1 s
64.  displayed even if turning power on Correct communication line between  again of all ue buie ontgoor outdoor units  Are communication connectors between NO  units on 1 system alone  I F P C  board and comp IPDU connected    E    UE PC  board   CN600   Correct connection of communication line   YES Comp IPDU   CNO6  YES  Are all the connected m   outdoor UE P C  board s on 1 system NO LE ne M eig aed Ge    P C  board s of outdoor units for Suber N ul MUI Flex   paraa Tor Are communication connectors  SEET RE between comp IPDU and fan IPDU connected  ins Correct connection of communication line    Comp IPDU   CN22   l  YES Fan IPDU   CN804  YES  Check again whether there is any  other outdoor unit or not on the   Using 7 segment on I F P C  board  check the model name on each outdoor unit   communication line in 1 system  For check  when putting the rotary switch on SW01 02 03 16 16 16  it is an Has th   t  If any  turn off power of the outdoor I F P C  board  for Super Module Multi Flex if  F  is displayed at the left SE COND Dat y nd fan IPDU  NO  corresponding outdoor unit and side of 7 segment  A  part  Comp IPDU   CN13 Correct connection of power supply line   then check once more    Fan IPDU   CNO1    Check the voltage  AC 220   240V  YES  Has the power supply connectors  connected fan IPDU and noise filter P C  board  NO  Correct connection of power supply line   Noise filter P C  board   CNO8      Fan IPDU   CNO2         Check the voltage  AC 220   240V       YES    Rep
65.  e    UA L    z aX  ETLTER LUE NA SE a 0065   E   130 vu GND 5202 Se  3 8 P  SENSOR B e  DP  CN068 d a aa   oan Y      RY007  3XI  Nu an ES    Drain pump output        NU   3 Gm  pump outp Se QN pe     2   AN ey CNIOSTF BL ONQ80 DN oun og oun     5 d    CN309     ex e  Optional C  OP rH re S E  CN304 7    power supply       HEATER CN0T FAN   CN083 waats dno20 GRL TGJ E1 TC E2  TCiKE3 CHK ISA  ou RC  EXCT TCI sensor  AC f tput Ifesensor EE ut  LL S TC2 sensor DISP   Used for  Filter Option error input CHK J Servicing  TCJ sensor  Float SW      Short plug is inserted in Concealed Duct  High Static Pressure type  Floor standing cabinet type   Floor standing type  Floor stabding conceded type      1 2 way Air discharge cassette   1 way Air discharge cassette   Floor standing only     ed  A  DBuipuejs 10014     Sd    pajeadu04  Duipuels 100       ed  L 1euiqe5 Buipuezs 10014   ed    a1nssoaJdg 91181S YIH nq pajes9uo0s         sa119S 1  ed  L onesse  9B1ey9sIg sly   em      Sd      y  sses oDujeuosig AY Aem z    COVL OOIN    MCC 1520  2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type  1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type  1 Series      Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type  Floor Standing Cabinet Type   Floor Standing Concealed Type  Floor Standing Type    z  S    IGO    MCC 1520 01  COMPONENT SIDE       Power supply trans side  Input  Control P C  board side  Output     162    11 1 3  Optional Connector Specifications of Indoor P C  Board    O   Humidifier output CN66 E DC12V In heating  thermo O
66.  ee    jp Wd  e  L     U         Connection palas tos i    cable ry tt  i ao dg an    4 Fog  BENE i  i   7 I     i E Fog l  i boue geo  sw              I 1  I Fog  U    HN  L 4    i TATOOS i  H     1 r  I I l a I     ji  gt     an    BEER LM WEE   Shield wire     lt SW07 Bit 2 ON      100   Normal    100   Normal    100   Normal    100   Normal     A CAUTION      Be sure to prepare non voltage continuous point of contact for each terminal     Display relay capacity of    OPERATION      Below AC240V 0 5A  COSf   100    When connecting load such as relay coil to  L1  load  insert the noise surge absorber     Below DC24V 1A  Non inductive load   When connecting load such as relay coil to  L1  load  insert the bypass circuit        74    7 2 5  External master ON OFF control    B Feature  The outdoor unit starts or stops the system   B Wiring    Input wiring 3 core  0 75 mm  Up to 500 m Shield wire    B Function   Electric wiring diagram    Outdoor unit Local supply  I F P C  board    Connection  cable       Shield    SMC   Input signal for start  SMH   Input signal for stop    Terminai   imputsignal  Operation           Starts all indoor units     Stops all indoor units     A CAUTION      Be sure to prepare non voltage pulse point of contact for each terminal       This control is conducted when input signal stand up or fall down    Standing and falling status should be held for 100 m sec  or more         75    7 2 6  Night Operation  Sound Reduction  Control    B Feature    Sou
67.  flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe  The joints are rarely used for installa   tion of the air conditioner  However clear impurities when using them     4  Tools   1  Required Tools for R410A  Mixing of different types of oil may cause generation of sludge  clogging of capillary  etc   Accordingly  the tools to be used are classified into the following three types   1  Tools exclusive for R410A  Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant  R22    2  Tools exclusive for R410A  but can be also used for conventional refrigerant  R22   3  Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant  R22   The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability     Tools exclusive for R410A  The following tools for R410A are required      Tools whose specifications are changed for R410A and their interchangeability    R410A Conventional air  air conditioner installation conditioner installation  Used tool Existence of Whether conventional   Whether new equipment  new equipment   equipment can be can be used with  for R410A used conventional refrigerant    Copper pipe gauge for l l  adjusting projection E by conventional Yes   Note 1    Note 1   margin are tool    algo mano Evacuating  refrigerant  2 Charge hose charge  run check  etc     mM balance for Bebe  EE charging 9 9       Refrigerant cylinder cylinder  Refrigerant charge   charge      Leakage detector Gas leakage check     Note 1  When flaring is carri
68.  may  be stopped temporarily to prevent hot air from being blown out     67    The slot provided at side surface of the outdoor  unit is an air intake for cooling the electrical parts     If the air intake would be clogged  a trouble is  caused on the electrical parts   Therefore never close the air intake or do not    place any obstacle near the air intake   Slot for air intake       Air conditioner operating conditions  F or the specified performance  operate the air conditioner under the following temperature conditions     Cooling operation   Outdoor temperature      5 C to 43  C  Dry bulb temp      Room temperature  21  C to 32  C  Dry bulb temp    15  C to 24  C  Wet bulb temp      CAUTION Room relative humidity     less than 80    If the air conditioner operates  in excess of this figure  the surface of the air conditioner may cause dewing     Heating operation   Outdoor temperature      15 C to 15 5  C  Wet bulb temp      Room temperature  15  C to 28  C  Dry bulb temp         If air conditioner is used outside of the above conditions the units  safety protection devices may operate     3 14  Re Installation  DANGER    If the unit position is to be changed and re located to a new position ask your local dealer or    installation specialist  Do not attempt to move the air conditioner yourself  as incorrect installation  may cause electric shock or fire        Do not install the air conditioner in the following places  e Do not install the air conditioner in any place w
69.  n a D Turn on the power   SW11    10  Then set up the central control address  Swi 313 314     For the central control address setup  refer to the Installation ON   mom 5 4192 5 4    of th tral control devices   manual of the central control devices   ajajaja  D DO ajajaja  DO Mii ome dies   SW06 SW10    SWO7 SW08  SW09    wiring work  Manual setup from remote controller     Arrange one indoor unit and one remote        1  2         Outdoor    unit    1  I  1  1  1  1  1   A  1  1  1  1  1  1   a  T               Line address  gt  1 1 1 2 2  Before address setup Indoor address  gt  1 2 3 1 2  During setup of address Group address  gt  1 2 2 2 2  Lo I EEN   Follower    Header        Individual In the above example  under condition of  no inter unit wire of the remote controller   set the address after individual connect   ing of the wired remote controller         Outdoor unit    Group address    Individual   0000  Header unit   0001  Follower unit   0002   In case of group control            After address setup    Relay  connector    connector                AJB     AIST    Remote  controller          Remote Remote Remote  controller controller controller        Individual Group  REE oem RR  SW13  14 Operation procedure  rh 1 2 3 1   Refrigerant line address         SW30 2 1523334353063  Terminal end resistance OFF after OFF after    of indoor outdoor communi ON  bation Ve SE   address setup address setup l5 8   gt  9   gt  10  gt  1 1 End    communication line              
70.  of TC2 sensor and TCJ sensor   discharge e When B zone has continued for 6 minutes  the operation e In D and E zones  priority  shifts to C zone  is given to remote control     In defrost time  the control point is set to  6   C  ler air speed setup     In A and B zones          i    B zone   Over 26  C  below 28  C  LOW    C zone   Over 28  C  below 30  C  MED    D zone   Over 30  C  below 32  C  HIGH    E zone  Ultra HIGH    7   Freeze  1  In all cooling operation  the air conditioner operates as de   prevention scribed below based upon temp  detected by TC1  TC2 and  control  Low TCJ sensors     temp  release  To prevent the heat exchanger from freezing  the operation  stops     e When    J    zone is detected for 5 minutes  the command  frequency becomes    SO    to the outdoor unit       In  K  zone  the timer count is interrupted  and held     e When    Z    zone is detected  the timer is cleared and the  operation returns to the normal operation     e When the command frequency became SO with continua   tion of    J    zone  operation of the the indoor fan in LOW  mode until it reaches the       zone     It is reset when the following conditions are satisfied     Reset conditions  1  TC1  gt  12  C and TC2  gt  12  C and TCJ  gt  12  C  2  30 minutes passed after stop        IO  10  C  5 C      2  In all cooling operation  the air conditioner operates as  described below based upon temp  detected by TC2 and TCJ  Sensors     e When  M  zone is detected for 45 minutes  
71.  on gas    and the liquid sides fully opened  Open the service valves fully  YES  YES Correct connector connection   Are TS1  TE1  Pd  Ps sensor NO T dale  Ge  connectors connected     Pd sensor  CN501  Is outdoor PMV normal  YES PE SENSOR ER  1  Connector connection  2  Cablin NO  3  Coil g Repair outdoor PMV   4 Valve body   Connectors CN300  301 White ENTENDER   NO  l re characteristics of resistance value  5  Outdoor I F P C  board of TS1 and TE1 sensors normal   YES YES  Are characteristics of NO Replace TD sensor Are output voltage characteristics bis  j 2   eplace sensor   TD sensor resistance normal    Refer to outdoor unit temperature of Pd and Ps sensors normal      sensor characteristics 4   YES YES  Is SV4 valve circuit normal  ie Repair SV4 circuit Are connection and installation NO Correct connection   Coil misinstallation  valve leakage  l of TE1 and TL sensors correct  and installation   YES   Coil  valve body  coil Ee YES  disconnection of cable  etc   Reset the power supply and  NO p pply    Are there indoor units connected  in different refrigerant circuit     start heating test operation        Correct cabling     YES             YES    If an error did not occur    Does refrigerant gas  discharge to suction side  through 4 way valve   1    Does 4 way valve operate  in test operation     restart the operation     Refrigerant shortage   clogging  pipe breakage         Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage and then recharge refrigerant   NO    YES    4
72.  operation    NO  Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate  Correct faulty parts   YES  YES  Is there no fan crack or coming off  Correct faulty parts   NO  Connector connection  fan IPDU  fan motor  wiring   NO  Is outdoor PMV normal  Correct faulty position   YES  Connector connection wiring  coil mounting  valve clogging  etc   Are there any obstructions to the YES  1  Blocked heat exchanger Eliminate the interfered causes   2  Air short circuit  NO  NO  Is SV2 circuit normal  Repair SV2 circuit   YES  Coil error  clogging  disconnection of cable  etc    NO  Is SV4 circuit normal  Repair SV4 circuit   YES  Coil error  clogging  disconnection of cable  etc    NO       Does the check valve of the main  discharge pipe operate normally     YES    Repair check valve    Replace    Refrigerant overcharge  clogging   pipe breakage  abnormal overload condition    All heating operation    Does heating indoor fan  normally operate   YES    Is the PMV Kit used   YES  Is indoor PMV normal     PMV built in the indoor  unit is made full open     Connection                    Is connector  connection of indoor  heat exchanger fan or  fan motor normal     Repair faulty parts     NO                   Are characteristics  of sensor TC2 and TCJ  resistance normal     Replace TC2  or TCJ sensor     Is the PMV built in the    indoor unit made full open     NO                 Is the connection cable  between PMV Kit and indoor unit  connected certainly        Is the PMV of    PMV Kit  normal   
73.  outdoor unit     In Heating operation  For Heat pump model only     When excessive dirt or dust is adhered to the air filter of the indoor unit     When the discharge port of the indoor unit is blocked     Cooling heating operation of MiNi SMMS air conditioner    In MiNi SMMS air conditioner  each indoor unit can be individually controlled  However  cooling operation and  heating operation cannot be performed concurrently for the indoor units  which are connected to the same outdoor  unit    When cooling operation and heating operation are performed concurrently  the indoor unit which is performing  cooling operation stops  and the  gi on the unit display will be lit  The indoor unit that is in heating mode will  continue operation    If the manager has fixed the setting to COOL or HEAT  no other operation can be performed    When another operation other than the set up one is performed  the  gi light is displayed on the display part of  the indoor unit     Characteristics of heating operation  For Heat pump model only       Hot air will not be blown out immediately from the indoor unit  It will take between 3 to 5 minutes  depending on  temperature conditions of the room and the outside  before the indoor heat exchanger warms up sufficiently  to  allow hot air to be blown      During operation  the outdoor unit may stop if the outside temperature becomes to high      When other indoor units are in heating operation  the fan operation of the indoor unit on fan only operation
74.  qualified service person do it  Do not attempt it by yourself        Locations with poor air circulation       4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Concealed Duct Standard Type Under Ceiling Type      2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Slim Duct Type  Electric wiring 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type    A WARNING    Ensure that the unit is correctly earthed  AAA KE   N      Grounding is necessary  If earthing d incomplete  an electric shock may be caused  AJ H7 N    G 00 p  A CAUTION SN    Check that the circuit breaker is fitted  E  Attaching a earth leakage breaker is necessary  Otherwise  an electric shock may be caused  2 way Air Discharge 4 way Air Discharge 1 way Air Discharge  Cassette Type Cassette Type    NO GOOD  NO GOOD                         Make sure that the correct capacity fuses are used   Using wire or copper wire may cause a fire or unit fault   Ensure that the power supply to the unit is exclusive and is the correct rated voltage                SA      S  euo  A QS         So       To disconnect the appliance from the main power supply   This appliance must be connected to the main power supply by means a circuit breaker or a switch with a  contact separation of at least 3mm        NO GOOD    Concealed Duct Under Ceiling Type Slim Duct Type Concealed Duct  Standard Type High Static Pressure Type       Lv    High Wall Type    Model   1H series      Push the projection at the center of the air filter      Undo the clip o
75.  the same time for 4 seconds or more  as shown in the figure   the display section flashes after a while confirm the displayed item code is      7    e When the item code is one other than    77   push button to  1 eliminate the display and then repeat the procedure from the first step      The remote controller operation is not accepted approx  1 minute    after pushing button     dg          lighting     After setup operation has finished  push button   Setup is determined    When pushing  E  button  the display disappears and the status returns       to the usual stop status         The remote controller operation is not accepted for approx  1 minute          NOTE   Only one indoor unit can be set to    Priority     If the multiple indoor units are accidentally set to    Priority     an error  code  L05 or L06  Duplicated indoor unit priority  is displayed     To the unit displaying    L05      0001  Priority   is setup  Separate a unit which you will give priority from the other  indoor units  and return the setup data of the other indoor units to  0000  No priority       Error code Error contents    LO5 Indoor unit priority duplication    44747     is set up      LO6 Indoor unit priority duplication      7  77  is set up         71    1st revised   Jun  2006       7 2 2  Placing position  Install this optional P C  board to the back side of the Interface P C  board on outdoor unit   Be sure to turn off the power switch before installing     1  If the screw of the positio
76.  to be installed     Setup     Note  In    Specific indoor unit priority  mode only  it is necessary to set up an indoor unit only which you  desire to give priority       Outdoor unit  Header unit only  setup    Operation    Heating priority  Setup at shipment   No  of operating units  Priority is given to operation mode with which much more units operate      ON ON Specific indoor unit priority  Priority is given to operation mode of the indoor unit to which the  operation mode priority has been set up         70    1st revised   Jun  2006       2  Indoor unit setup in    Specific indoor unit priority    mode  The setup can be changed during stop of operation   Be sure to stop the system                                                                                                                                       a  O            In a group control  the indoor unit with number displayed firstly is set to  the header unit      Every pushing   UNIT     the indoor unit numbers in the group control are successively displayed   Select the indoor unit of which setup is to be changed     2    Using the timer time and buttons  select the setup data    Priority  2 777     No priority  OOOO    EN Push button  In this time  the setup operation finishes when the display changes from flashing to    In this time  as the fan and louver of the selected indoor unit operate   the position of the indoor unit of which setup is to be changed can be confirmed     When pushing     buttons at
77.  to the refrigerant pipe of the selected outdoor unit is dis   If it has been already removed  leave it as it is    played and the fan is turned on  2  Turn on SW30 2 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit if it is OFF   First the current indoor address is displayed on the setup data   Line address is not displayed    If it has been already ON  leave it as it is      4 The indoor address of the setup data moves up down by the timer time  y      buttons     Change the setup data to a new address  Central control  device    5 Push   button to determine the setup data     6 Every pushing     button  the indoor unit numbers in the identical pipe are successively Outdoor unit   Outdoor uni  displayed  Only fan of the selected indoor unit operates     Repeat the procedure      to O and change all the indoor addresses so that they are not duplicated        7 Push     button    All the displays on LCD go on      e CE   7 So     Remote Remote Remote Remote  DEE SEKR controller i controller  Unit of which address is to be returned to the initial statys    8 Push GG  button to finish the procedure                    CODE No     Sl     SET DATA GENO  SET DATA GINO Nb 1 D  NR P o  NW I  2    ee  l     l l  2L  gt  SC FS 7L OL  i MIL  13 10     2  Turn on the indoor outdoor power of which address is to be cleared  After approx  1 minute  check that     TEMP   DON OFF  U 1       is displayed  and then execute the following operation on the interface P C  board of the outdoor  d uni
78.  way valve error   Reversed error            Check the change of remote controller connection    Indoor   Duplicated indoor center units Corresponding   There are multiple header units    Check indoor address   unit only stops    in a group    Group individual  after indoor address setup     Duplicated outdoor line address All stop Line address setup is duplicated     Check line address   against the outdoor unit in    different refrigerant pipe system     Duplicated indoor units with priority All stop Indoor units with priority were    e Check display of indoor unit with priority     Displayed on indoor unit with priority  duplicated   No  of indoor units with Duplicated indoor units with priority All stop Indoor units with priority were   Check display of indoor unit with priority and outdoor  priority  Displayed on the unit other than duplicated  unit    indoor unit with priority   Indoor   Group line in individual indoor unit  Corresponding   At least one indoor unit   Check indoor address   unit only stops    connected to a group existed in  the individual indoor units     Indoor Indoor group   address unset Corresponding   Address was not yet set up    Check indoor address   unit only stops   Note   After installation  this code is displayed when the power  is first turned on     Indoor   Indoor capacity unset Corresponding   Indoor unit capacity was unset    Set up indoor capacity   DN 11   unit only stops     Outdoor capacity unset All stop On the I F PC  board for se
79.  way valve error Check 4 way valve      1 Check TS and TE temperature of the outdoor unit which compressors is operated      I F  SWO1  1   SWO2  6   SWO3  2      TS sensor temperature  SW01  1   SW02  7   SWO3  2      TE sensor temperature    Judgment criteria  TE sensor  Normal if TE  lt  20  C except summer season  Outside temp 20  C or lower   TS sensor  Normal if TS  lt  40  C except summer season  Outside temp 20  C or lower        pl       Check code Check code name Cause of operation    High pressure protective operation     P20     22    TCC L   AI NET     mb       Pd sensor error  Service valve closed   Indoor outdoor fan error  Indoor outdoor PMV clogging  Indoor outdoor heat exchanger clogging  SV2 circuit error  SV4 circuit error  SV5 circuit error  Outdoor UE P C  board error     Operation error of check valve of main  discharge pipe     Refrigerant overcharge    E E                               NO    Open service valves fully        Are service valves fully opened     Are characteristics of  high pressure sensor normal             Check parts   Failure  gt  Replace       Cooling operation  gt  To  Heating operation  gt  To  C     Reset power supply  and start a test  operation corresponded to the season       1  Pressure by pressure gauge  Check joint   2  Pressure display on 7 segment display  3  Output voltage of I F P C  board  If 1 and 2  3 are different  an error of pressure sensor is considered   If 2 and 3 are different  check I F P C  board     Cooling
80. 04   Indoor coil temp  TC2    C x 1    Indoor unit data  NOTE 2     Outdoor unit individual data  NOTE 4  5     System data       we Outdoor heat exchanger temp  T  e   Temp at liquid side  T  Ge Indoor discharge temp  Tf   NOTE 1  EIER  EAT    Indoor PMV opening pulse x 1 10  KIC       ES Total HP of connected indoor units EN PMV1   2 opening ulse    td  C Compressor 1  2 ON OFF NOTE 3   OC   No of connected indoor units unit   NOTE 1  Only a part of indoor unit types is installed with the discharge temperature sensor  This temperature is not  displayed for other types    NOTE 3  01   Compressor 1 only is ON  10   Compressor 2 only is ON  11   Both compressor 1 and 2 are ON    NOTE 4  The item codes are described as the example of the header unit     FE  ERE   el   a   el   Ce    on  Nootconnectedindoor nits   em   Compressor eunent  2      A  Par  a  es  os Ieamaamam   HP   0   Delage   NOTE 2  When the units are connected to a group  data of the header indoor unit only can be displayed     109    10  TROUBLESHOOTING  10 1  Troubleshooting Summary    1  Before troubleshooting  1  Required tools   measuring devices  e Screwdrivers  Philips  Flat   spanner  longnose pliers  nipper  push pin for reset switch  etc   e Digital multimeter  thermometer  pressure gauge  etc   2  Confirmation before check  The following items are not troubles      VS      Compressor does not operate      Is it delayed for 3 minutes   3 minutes after compressor OFF     Is thermostat OFF       Is the 
81. 0V  3uF AC500V  3 5uF AC500V  4uF    Transformer TT 13  Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3  Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF EDM B60YGTF 1       Louver motor MT8 3 9       36    2nd revised   Sep  2006  3 2  Outdoor Unit    wn MCY MAP0401HT MCY MAP0501HT MCY MAP0601HT  MCY MAP0401HTZ MCY MAPO501HTZ MCY MAP0601HTZ  MCY MAP0401HTZG MCY MAP0501HTZG MCY MAPO601HTZG   DA421A3F 20M2   VHV type  AC220 240V  50Hz    HAM MD12TF 3  DC12V    SV2  SV4  SV5   VPV type  AC220 240V  50Hz    SV2   VPV122DQ1  SV4  SV5   VPV303DQ1   ACB 4UB32W  Open   3 73MPa  Close   2 9MPa    NSK BCO38F 067  0 5 to 4 3V   0 to 3 73MPa    NSK BCO10F 067  0 5 to 3 5V   0 to 0 98MPa    ICF 140 63 2R  DC    Compressor  AC240V  29W   Accumulator  AC240V  24W    US 622KXTMQO SS  OFF   125  C  ON   90  C     wn MCY MAP0401HT2D MCY MAP0501HT2D MCY MAP0601HT2D  MCY MAP0401HT2DZ MCY MAP0501HT2DZ MCY MAP0601HT2DZ  MCY MAP0401HT2DZG   MCY MAP0501HT2DZG   MCY MAP0601HT2DZG   DA421A3F 20M2   VHV type  AC220V  60Hz    HAM MD12TF 3  DC12V    SV2  SV4  SV5   VPV type  AC220V  60Hz    SV2   VPV122DQ1  SV4  SV5   VPV303DQ1   ACB 4UB32W  Open   3 73MPa  Close   2 9MPa    NSK BC038F 067  0 5 to 4 3V   0 to 3 73MPa    NSK BC010F 067  0 5 to 3 5V   O to 0 98MPa    ICF 140 63 2R  DC    Compressor  AC240V  29W   Accumulator  AC240V  24W    US 622KXTMQO SS  OFF   125  C  ON   90  C        3 3  PMV Kit   We Semer CS       Pulse motor valve coil EDM MD12TF 3  DC12V     37    3 5  Parts Layout in Outdoor Unit    Reactor box  Weight   9kg          I 
82. 1  4 way valve    57 ID 91 5 x 200L    39 Low pressure sensor    4314Q031  43146715  43146676  43148213  43148216  43151291    43150321    43047491  43146448            34 Joint check    e     Strainer  DIA 9 52   Valve  Checked  BCV 804DY  Jointe  Check   Tank  Liquid  HT    Tank  Liquid  HT2D     Sensor Ass y  High Pressure   NSK BCO038F 067    Sensor Ass y  Low Pressure   NSK BC010F 067    Tube  Capillary  1 D 1 5  Tube  Capillary       15 2  PMV Kit  RBM PMV 0361E  RBM PMV 0901E       Location        Legation parto    Desoription    1    43149356   Pipe Ass y  Service PMV   PBM PMV0361E     Location er  Legation  PartNo   Description    3    43183025   Joint  6 35 9 52   PBM PMV0901E     43149357   Pipe Ass y  Service PMV   PBM PMV0901E    43146707   Motor  PMV   EDM MD12TF 3    43135015   Cable Ass   y  PMV  43135016   Cable Ass   y  Connector  43196113   Bushing       193    TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION    2 CHOME 12 328  KONAN  MINATOKU  TOKYO  108 0075  JAPAN  Copyright O 1999 to 2005 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION  ALL Rights Reserved     
83. 1  For 7 segment display   service operation       SWO3   Rotary SW 4bit 16 step   Display   Operation switch  3  For 7 segment display   service operation    SW04   Push SW For service  Operation Start   Operation Start  by pushing  SW05   Push SW For service  Stop End   Stop End  by pushing teg  Backup setup 2  Based on the following setup   SWO6   SW 4bit  ore oe oe  om ea Le    ESAS A  We OFF  0     100   ON  Middle     100    OF    baren IA   om  SWO07   SW 4bit  Bit 3  CO EE  Bit 1   e II EC  Bit 4   Judge abnormal No  of connected indoor units   OFF  No error judgment  ON  Error  Bp o m  m Leer   om d oer    SW02   Rotary SW 4bit 16 step   Display   Operation switch  2  For 7 segment display   service operation   1                SW10   SW 4bit OFF  Normal   SS ON  INV f limit restrict OFF  Sound saductiomeonrol   requency upper limit restriction  Bit 4 OFF  Normal  ON  Fan rpm upper limit restriction OFF    E    UJ  v    Bit 4   Operation when indoor overflow detected OFF  System stop   ON   System operation continues    PMV manual operation selected OFF  PMV      ech   esch     SW13   SW 4bit    UJ  Co  O  TI  T    Bit 4   Line address setup    SW14   SW Abt Bit 1  2  3  4 Line address setup Refer to item  Address setup procedure  E    SW30   SW 2bit Terminator resistor between outdoor units a HEN resistor    CN30 Manual full opening setup of PMV Opened  Normal  Short  Opened fully    CN31   Check connector Manual full closing setup of PMV Opened  Normal  Short  Open
84. 10 minutes  to start the operation due to the initial  communication of the system     Is cold air or hot air discharged  Check operation status of the compressor     YES    Is air circulation good  Check direction of the louver     YES    Test operation for  all units in turn    Execute a test operation using  Operate all the indoor units at once   Function of start stop the indoor unit from  outdoor unit  in  Service support function                       NOTE 1   Is the temperature difference NO  between suction and discharge good   e Check power voltage of the  Is the operating voltage correct  main power supply    Rated voltage  10   e Check cable size of the  power supply    NOTE 2   Is the operating current normal    Check temperature load of the indoor room   outdoor ambient     Check pipe length and refrigerant charge amount    NOTE 3    Check operating Hz of compressor     e Check abnormal sound in the outdoor unit    Abnormal sound  etc of compressor and others     Is the operating pressure normal   YES    95       2nd revised   Sep  2006     NOTE 1  Criteria for judging difference between suction and discharge temperature  1  Cooling    After operation for a minimum of 30 minutes in  COOL  mode  check the dry bulb temperature difference   Temperature difference  8  C or more between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit    In Max Hz operation     2  Heating    After operation for a minimum of 30 minutes in  HEAT  mode  check the dry bulb temperature differe
85. 325  4314Q030  43148212  43100343    Compressor   DA420A3F 20M2  Thermostat  Bimetal  Switch  Pressure   ACB 4UB32W   Bush   Valve  Packed  9 52 DIA  Valve  Ball  B5 8F   Coil  Solenoid   VHV 01AJ502E1  HT   Coil  Solenoid   VHV 01AH553A1  HT2D   Coil  Solenoid  2 Way   AC220  60Hz  HT2D    Coil  Solenoid  2 Way   AC220 240  50Hz  HT   Valve  4 Way  STF 0401G  Valve  2 Way  VPV 122DQ1  Coil  PMV  HAM MD12TF 3  Valve  2 Way  VPV 303DQ1  Valve  PMV  HAM BD24TF 1  Band  Fix   Strainer  DIA 15 9  Accumulator  7L   Base  Ass y       190    4314G210  4314G211  43146715  43146676  43148213  43148216  43151291    43150321  43149339  43149320  43149321  43149324  43047401  43194029  43047491    43146448  43149358    4314Q031    Condenser Ass   y  Down  Condenser Ass y  Up   Valve  Checked  BCV 804DY  Joint  Check   Tank  Liquid  HT    Tank  Liquid  HT2D    Sensor Ass y  High Pressure   NSK BCO038F 067   Sensor Ass y  Low Pressure   NSK BC010F 067   Rubber  Supporter  Pipe   DIA 12 7   Rubber  Supporter  Pipe   DIA 8 0   Rubber  Supporter  Pipe   DIA 6 4   Rubber  Cushion   Bonnet  3 8 IN  9 52   Bonnet   Tube  Capillary  I D 1 5  Tube  Capillary   Rubber  Supporter  Pipe   DIA 9 52   Strainer  DIA 9 52       15 1 3  Controller for Air Conditioner       706          Location  No   41    43063325  43169409  43155211  43150315  43050425    4316V306    4316V307    4316V308    PartNo   Description      Holder  Sensor  Holder  Cord    Capacitor    Sensor  TD  F6   Sensor Ass   y  Service   
86. 5  e     External static pressure setup     Non Drain pump type    SH  Type     JSPOW      d  L ong WIS    ZL L Z      SPH  Type           Float switch    LE                             TAD Y  PSSS q1 p777  q  Pressure   Pressure   Option   i GE E Option     NO  Relay connector sensor sensor   board 1   board 1   board      PS PD gc c d u BN m URN   O N  eg AT   Oe nr i I   SE Su  CNO  2T1  ERA  ATSYAT MERA  AT3Y2T    AT3T2T1  ksen IT ken PARLI 00008 ETE  y eier 241  5518201 Tale OT 46M 404  48241 4681 64881 180 61121  Aa YEL BLU  E CN300 CN500 CN501 CN508 CN509 CN510 CN513 CN512 CN600 ee c  o D  WHI   WHI   RED   RED   BLK   WHI   BLU   BLU   WHI  m  WH        O O O O O O  rh rit LAGO cNo2 CN20 CN21  lt  lt  lt   lt  lt  lt  gemis  ii PPP  CT CN500   eeh Interface Control P C  Board Sm W  i  GAN  a n  gt   gt   gt   gt  O    O I   SC   HUGO MCC 1429 un Comp  IPDU P C  Board Ooo  oo  o    o    unit aaa I tel 1 2 MCC 1535  Central remote ou CN13 OO 0 E O 0I A c  controller 00 SW30  ORNS ooo Oo CH CH   gt   eo OR ON OR ON SR         EE diee dde o  e didam  CN311 vil RY502 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14  YEL   WHI   BLU   SAME Wa ON ON   ON ON M p Y Lei        GE VUUOIVU Ur Hr Hd UO DUU  ce TIINNN  RY504 1 2 3 4  1 2 3 4  b  1 2 3 4   1 2 3 4  WHI           j  Se  WHI     al em Swo6 SW07 2 SWO9 SW10 NNN L LI  SW08 el el el          SW31 NNI NN INI  19   o  19  CNO4 CN804 IN IN I  IB  GAN  onog  WHI   WHI   BLU  ODO  CN312 x   Aee SW04 SWO5 SW15  RED  me Beal DM DN  O  TUE RY516 e J J g  La
87. 7  m  MCC 1402 TC2    CN100 P523    BRN  Be  CN80 PI PNL   GRN  a    cN73 HU  SE oo EXCT    oRED ies  l o WHI CN50 CN32 CN61 CN60 CN81 CN40 CNA  CN309 CN20 CN70 b  dritter input  Indoor unit Y QA Closed end  BLN   2   WHI   WHI   YEL   WHI   BLK   BLU   BLU   YEL   BLU   whi  42      N N connector Gem Lem Lem TRAS WN VY NN NN VN NY TN Gem Cem NNN TNT WN NN OV NNN  a AA CANAS MAS MS ES MOCO GO  Earth screw    Fandrive   Option  Oo OI X3  ol 13     RED pwr       Flow selector  unit earth  screw CN66    E  I  ed    exesse2 eDujeuosiq AY   em p  L L c         oo        nl o      Power supply See n  Single phase i Loser     220 240V 50Hz  999     220V Te KEE EE EE etc a a MW ee A  H dee eme 1    1  O indicates the terminal block  letter at inside  indicates the terminal number     2  A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site     3  indicates the control P C  board        CNO1 ae Network adaptor  14 x      121  Option   7        T             HL9SOdV  Hi8trOdV  HE9   0dV  HEOEOdV    HIZZ0d V NININ     HLVZOdV  HL8LOdV    HLSLOdY    HELZLOdV  HL600dV NININ    wee eee ee ee ee eee ST    I  I   o Aerer  Parts name T C M i  I l    Fan motor    I  Indoor temp sensor   SARA y     Outdoor unit   Temp sensor EE  Temp sensor    r   I  ze e e vm e e zm e d vm e e e e e vm e    HINL8LOdV  HINLGLOdV  HINLZLOdAV    HIN L6OOdY    HINLZOOAV NININ    N  m   Q          Gs  T   D  o         Color identification    RED BLK   BLACK    The network adapter MCC 1401 cannot be mounted  to 
88. 82                  CN033  Color CN104 OU GER  indication CN301  YEL  eer A  O   RED   RED  BLK   yn TA  WHI   WHITE CN102 DE    YEL   YELLOW  RED  A212yY  ewe  BLU  BLUE  mo TCJ  BLK  BLACK TE Y  GRY   GRAY    BLK  42   PNK   PINK CN304p  gt  oO  BRW   BROWN   ode ees  GRN   GREEN BR  3 Y3  sae     Indoor control P C  board ATA TC1    out oo E     YEL  Ka  OO    CNO80  EE  GRN  APN  CNO073 EXCT   RED   CN070 4 1X1       WHI   gt  lt  Filter     gt   A    Power supply  circuit CN081   BLK     CN044 CN040 CN041 CNO75 CNO61 CN032 CNO60  BRW   BLU   BLU   WHI   YEL   WHI   WHI   1 A A Ado uu VA  a RALES 00000 A Mer maca DST UI E  Me   2  UXA CLE X3   X X3  02814516  Fan drive   Option    N    o2   ui  RE  eA  NIN ZI ZI aAa LINA DOORS             H J  Flow selector  l EE AES EOS STER SUPR MA  A uaea a E PARA Y REA teet   HYZTSY4YSY6  cno  ac screw spaces RBS Ok lt O Ee EE  1Y2 13 I4 f 5X6   VEL       MCC 1401     7  rr Network   Es    RED   Closed end               O connector Line Filter  SR CN  LS adaptor   EC Symbol Parts name  WH o   rer J Fan motor  AS ee p LR LAT ORT Running capacitor  S  A QA am EE  Ped ARIS FATS KE   WHI  Power transformer  Indoor unit 3  BLU TXT NN oN ON LON PC  board IWER Louver motor  Earth screw WABI   B E e S e IN   Z IN c BTE NT  Z  000 00 00 00 T Indoor temp sensor  Single SH eg   f     E contra  contol  z GI T1   BLU  AA TC1 TCJ Temp sensor  xu RE i         DS i   RY001 Louver motor control relay  EE gen t   RY002 Drain pump control relay  EE EE 1
89. AI NET    Outdoor fan system error  TCC L   AI NET  2  Fan motor error      Heat sink installation error 3  Indoor P C  board error    Clogging of hear sink cooling duct    IPDU P C  board error  TH sensor error       Detectable only in models with DC fan motor  NO T  ren pewerisuppy 4 way Air Discharge Cassette  or Concealed Duct Standard type  Correct power line       220   240V   10  Under Ceiling  or High Wall type       Is power voltage normal      YES    7 NO E  Is wiring of comp IPDU normal  Correct wiring such as cable to compressor     YES            Is there connection error or YES  disconnection on connector CN333  CN334    of indoor P C  board  MCC 1402      Correct connector connection     NO  NO  Is outdoor fan normal  Check fan and fan motor  Remove connectors CN333 and CN334  on indoor P C  board  MCC 1402    YES  Is fixing between comp IPDU and heat sink loose  TER  IXI Ww l f S x  g H g Does fan turn without trouble NO Heblaesindaor E EE  NO when turning it with hands  H    YES    Check IPDU P C  board     Is resistance value between each phase    at motor side of fan motor connector CN333 on  indoor P C  board  MCC 1402  correct  si    Replace indoor fan motor        YES  1     s not winding 1  Red lead  to 3  White lead   3  White lead  to 5  Black lead    5  Black lead  to 1  Red lead  opened shorted  Resistance value should satisfy the follows     Check code Check code name Cause of operation  4 way Air Discharge Cassette  Compact 4 way Air Discharge Cas
90. C  board   Failure  gt Replace  NO NO    Is power supply to Check indoor P C  board   Does drain pump operate  drain pump normal  Failure  gt  Replace    YES    Does float SW operate         Check indoor P C  board  MCC 1402    Failure  gt  Replace    Replace drain pump     m check cabling    Check there is 220   240 V voltage of    1 3 pin of CN68 on indoor P C  board              rn rn rn  Wa Wa Wa    Check drain pipe  etc        Lvl    Check code Check code name Cause of operation     P13     47  Outdoor liquid back detection error   1  PMV error   TCC L   AI NET    Pd sensor  Ps sensor error    Check code Check code name Cause of operation     P15     AE  Gas leak detection   Outdoor unit service valve closed   TCC L   AI NET  TS condition  Auxiliary code  01    2  Outdoor PMV error    Clogging of SV2 circuit   TS1 sensor error    Leakage on main discharge pipe      Outdoor I F P C  board error      Refrigerant shortage  clogging refrigerant  circuit         4 way valve error    SV4 circuit error       Are connections of outdoor NO Correct connector connection   PMV connectors correct  N    Are packed valves at gas and    YES quid side fully o Open service valves fully   NO YES    Are operations of outdoor    PMV normal  PMV error    O  Z  Co  O   2        Is outdoor PMV normal   1  Connector connection  2  Wiring   3  Coil   4  Valve body   5  Outdoor I F P C  board           YES  NO    x Connectors CN300  301 White    Repair outdoor PMV     Are characteristics of Pd sen
91. Change of air flow  Check code display    Start   Stop   Mode change  Temperature setting  Change of air flow    Timer function   On or off timer operation  setting in 30  minutes increments    Automatic Off function     Control by 2 remote controllers is available   Two wireless remote controllers can  operate one indoor unit    The indoor unit can be separately  operated from a different location     Check code display   TCB AX21U W  E2    for 4 way air discharge cassette   RBC AX22CE2  for under ceiling   TCB AX21 E2  for other units except for  the concealed duct high static pressure        Central remote controller    ON  OFF controller    Model  name    TCB  SC642TLE2    TCB  CC163TLE2    Connected to outdoor unit  or indoor unit    Outdoor unit                      ZON  GROUP    SE  See UNIT No  d EST Oly EN XIX  i    DL TATI  IO BEFUB 6 8     DU                                         GROUP             Central  remote controller                   Sales  a    C    CD    Central  remote    controller  Indoor    remote controller    Connected to outdoor unit  or indoor unit    Outdoor unit    ON OFF  controller    Indoor unit    ALL ONT ALLOFF O  TOSHIBA ON OFF CONTROLLER    controller    Indoor  remote controller    15    Individual control up to 64 indoor units     Individual control for max  64 indoor  units divided into 4 zones    Up to 16 indoor units for each zone     Up to 16 outdoor units are connect   able     Four selectable central control settings  to restric
92. Dirty state of filter 0000   Standard 0000   Standard  0001   High degree of dirt  Half of standard time   03  Central control 0001   No 1 unit to 0064   No 64 unit 0099   Unfixed  address 0099   Unfixed  Specific indoor unit  0000   No priority 0001   Priority 0000   No priority  priority    Heating temp shift 0000   No shift 0001   1  C 0002    2  C  0002    2  C to 0010    10  C  Floor type 0000  0  C    Up to  6 recommended   Existence of  AUTO    0000   Provided 0001   Not provided  mode 0001   Not provided  Automatic selection from connected outdoor unit   OE  Follows operation 0000   Does not follow 0000   Not provided  mode of the header  0001   Follows  unit  OF  Cooling only 0000   Heat pump 0000   Heat pump  0001   Cooling only  No display of  AUTO   HEAT    10  Type 0000    1 way air discharge cassette  According to model type  0001    4 way air discharge cassette  to 0037  Indoor unit capacity  0000   Unfixed 0001 to 0034 According to capacity type    0001   No 1 unit to 0030   No 30 unit 0099   Unfixed  Indoor unit address   0001   No 1 unit to 0064   No 64 unit 0099   Unfixed    Group address 0000   Individual 0001   Header unit of group 0099   Unfixed  0002   Follower unit of group       9  Louver type 0000   Not provided 0001   Swing only According to type   Adjustment of air 0004    4 way Air Discharge Cassette type  and  Under Ceiling type   direction    E   Temp difference of 0000   0 deg to 0010   10 deg 0003   3 deg   AUTO  mode  For setup temperature  r
93. ERATION    Maintain room temperature at comfortable level  Clean air filters    The clogged air filter impairs the performance of the air conditioner  d            SE    a BO Gee  chilly  Never open doors and windows more than what is necessary Control  To keep the cool or warm air in the room  never open doors and  windows more than what is necessary    Window curtains   In cooling  close the curtains to avoid direct sunlight     In heating  close the curtains to keep the heat in           Ensure uniform circulation of room air    Adjust the air flow direction so that the air  is evenly circulated throughout the room                 Blows upward      si Air flow adjustment  Cool and  dry air    Blows downward       3 13  Air Conditioner Operations and Performance    Check before operation    Check whether earth wire is disconnected or out of place     Check that air filter is installed to the indoor unit     WARNING    Turn on the power supply 12    hours or more before starting  the air conditioner     Heating capacity  for Heat pump model only      During heating operation the heat pump system operates by  absorbing the heat from the outside air and discharging it into the room   Therefore if the outside temperature drops  the units heating capacity will decrease       When temperature of the outside air is low  it is recommended that you use other forms of heating in conjunction  with the air conditioner        Defrost operation during heating operation  for Heat pump mod
94. F P C board    TL sensor    PMV Pulse Motor valve     TS sensor    Solenoid valve  SV5   Liquid tank    4 way valve    Solenoid valve  SV2   High pressure sensor                 E de  m E I I  tee       Eh   Solenoid valve  SV4   tray OT LIT d re     I Ak H F j     HENT  dd  KIVVKMU      TD sensor    fee    High pressure switch  Compressor    Compressor  case heater    TO sensor    Accumulator      Accumulator heater       TE sensor    38    DE    3 6  Name of Each Part  3 6 1  Outdoor Unit    Air outlet  Discharge     Hot air is discharged when cooling operation is performed   Cold air is discharged when heating operation is performed           Air inlet    They are provided at front   rear  left  and right sides             LZ SS  NE   SZ        L B     Power source hole    e  Refrigerant pipe  connecting hole    Connecting valve is  included inside here              Fixing leg    3 6 2  Indoor Unit     4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type     MMU AP0091H  AP0121H  AP0151H  APO181H  AP0241H   MMU AP0271H  AP0301H  AP0361H  AP0481H  AP0561H    Air outlet Air outlet louver 2 way discharge 3 way discharge    Select air blow direction in cooling or 2 way discharge or 3 way discharge can be  heating operation each  selected according to the shape or  arrangement of the room    For details  consult with the dealer which you  have purchased the air conditioner       Air filter    Removes dust and trash    Air filter is provided in the air grille              Earth screw    It is incl
95. F when the unit is not being used     3 8  Correct Usage    When you use the air conditioner for the first time or when you change the SET DATA value  follow the proce   dure shown below  F or consequent uses the display on the remote controller can be turned on by pushing the  OS button only     Preparation  Turn on the main power supply and or the leakage breaker   e When the power supply is turned on  a partition line is shown on the display part of the remote controller     Note  When the power supply is turned on  the remote controller will not accept any operational inputs until  approximately 1 minute has passed  This is not a failure of the unit     REQUIREMENT     DON   OFF  a    e While using the air conditioner  only operate it with the button  Do not turn it off with the main    power switch or the leakage breaker     Do not turn off the leakage breaker while the air conditioner is in use       Turn on the leakage breaker 12 hours or more before the air conditioner is to begin operation or if the  system has not been in use for long periods of time         DON   OFF        SWING FIX        FILTER  RESET TEST UNIT                       DON   OFF    C  1 Push the C button     Ss      The operation lamp goes on  and the operation will start  i DRY coo FAN A    2 Select an operation mode with the button   One push of the button  and the display Jc O ste se  changes in the order shown on the right       DRY    mode    function is not provided on the eed ne ES y FAN a  
96. Heating Test Operation Check    The cooling heating test operation check can be performed on both remote controller and outdoor interface P C   board     1  Test operation start stop operation    Test operation from remote controller    Wired remote controller    1 When pushing  C5 button for 4 seconds or more    TEST  is displayed in the display section and the  mode enters the test operation mode                            2 Push AA button     3 Using button  select an operation mode either  COOL  or  HEAT      Do not use any other operation modes  only  COOL  or  HEAT    e Temperature adjustment is unavailable during test operation     Errors are detected as usual        4 When the test operation has finished  push 22  button to stop the operation   The same display as that in procedure 1 appears     5 Push    button to clear the test operation mode    TEST  display disappears and the status returns to the normal stop status     92       1 Remove the screw which fixes the name plate to the receiver part on the wireless remote controller     Remove the nameplate of the receiver section by inserting a minus screwdriver  into the notch at the bottom  of the plate  and set the Dip switch to  TEST RUN ON      2 Execute a test operation wit button on the wireless remote controller      D      and  amp  LED flash during test operation       Under status of  TEST RUN ON   the temperature adjustment from the wireless remote controller is not  available     Ensure that this is not u
97. I F P C  board      Approx  3 minutes   Approx  1 minute   Pd SW01 02 03 1 1 2  3 GE A  Power ON   SET DATA  is displayed            SET DATA           LED  D02  1Hz flashes          Reboot  on main remote controller  disappears  for approx  10 seconds  Reset     on indoor unit P C  board   Check outdoor I F P C  board   Defect     Replace     Repetition         Chekcode       Chekcode   Check code name Cause of operation    Check code Check code name Cause of operation     F31     1C  Outdoor EEPROM error 1  Outdoor unit power error  Voltage  noise  etc     TCC L   AI NET  2  Outdoor I F P C  board error        F23     43  Ps sensor error Output voltage error of Ps sensor   TCC L   AI NET   Geesen                   Connector  CN500  White i  TES Is there any trouble of Check power voltage and line   9 Correct power line   ipie brio ooi ud Check external noise  etc   Lett NO  Are output voltage characteristics NO  of Ps sensor normal  Sensor error  YES    Check I F P C  board       1 Pressure  Check joint  by pressure gauge  2 Pressure display on 7 segment display  3 Output voltage of I F P C  board  If 1 and 2  3 are different  an error of pressure sensor itself is considered   If 2 and 3 are different  check interface P C  board     Check compressor                 Is not refrigerant by  passed from discharge to  suction of 4 way valve     Check 4 way valve            Y  Is there no leakage  from SV4 valve   YES  Replace SV4 valve        vel       Check code Check code name
98. In case to decide an address of the indoor unit prior to finish of indoor wiring work and unpracticed outdoor       7 Push simultaneously  5         5 buttons  for 4 seconds or more     LCD changes to flashing    Line address     2 Using the setup temp  Cy     A  buttons   set JC to the item code     3 Using the timer time  y      buttons  set up  the line address      Match it with the line address on the interface  P C  board of the outdoor unit in the identical  refrigerant line      4 Push C button    OK when display goes on     Indoor address     5 Using the setup temp   y     A  buttons   set  7 to the item code     6 Using the timer time  y     buttons  set up  the indoor address     7 Push C button    OK when display goes on     Group address     8 Using the setup temp   w5   a  buttons   set    to the item code     9 Using the timer time  y      buttons  set  Individual   ZZZ Z   Header unit   ZZZ      Follower unit   ZZ     10 Push     button    OK when display goes on      1 1 Push G   button     Setup operation finished    Status returns to normal stop status               Relay connector Connect short Connect short Connect short  y after address setup after address setup after address setup       SET DATA INY    Indoor side  Automatic setup  ur n    DU D    Item code             Indoor unit address 1 2 1 2 1  Group address 0 0 1 2 0    Refrigerant line address 2 5 8 Data  y wy       3 6 9          SWINGIFIX  1 1 T T  OO       Never connect a relay connector until
99. MAP0601HT2DZ  MCY MAP0401HT2DZG MCY MAP0501HT2DZG MCY MAP0601HT2DZG    x1 Rated conditions  Cooling Indoor air temperature 27  C DB 19  C WB   Outdoor air temperature 35  C DB    Heating Indoor air temperature 20 C DB   Outdoor air temperature 7  C DB 6  C WB       Eee em mames cm    en       Allocation standard of model name  MCY  M AP OOO OHT 2D OO             Z   Anti corrosion  light protection type   ZG   Anti corrosion  heavy protection  type          No mark   Power supply specification  1W 220 230 240V  50Hz   2D   Power supply specification  10 220V  60Hz    T   Inverter unit  H   Heat pump  Development number    Capacity rank HP x 10    M   Individual unit  Multi Compact type       10    1 1 2  Indoor Units    Capacity Capacity Cooling Heating      MMU AP0121H 012 type          3 6  4 5  MMU AP0181H 018 type 5 6  MMU AP0241H 024 type    8 0  MMU APO271H_   027type   300   80   90    MMU APOSDIH   080type   320   90   100      MMU AP0361H 036 type 4 00 11 2 12 5  MMU AP0071MH 007 type 0 80 2 5 Available  MMU AP0091 MH 1 00 Available    7 1  2 2  5 6  2 2       MMU AP0151H 015 type             4 way Air Discharge  Cassette Type             Compact 4 way  Air Discharge   600 x 600  Type    015 type 1 70 Available  MMU AP0181MH   018 type 200   56   63   Available    2 5    MMU AP0071WH 007 type 0 80  MMU AP0091WH 009 type 1 00 2 8 3 2  MMU AP0121WH 012 type 1 25 4 0    3 6  2 way Air Discharge         MMU APO151WH   Ot5type   170    a a 25    A  AS  y  y               
100. MV built in the  indoor unit made full open     Is the connection cable  between PMV Kit and indoor unit  connected certainly        PMV built in the  indoor unit is  made full open                    Connection    Is the PMV of    PMV Kit    normal    YES  Is connection  or coil normal   YES  NO Is check valve of main  discharge pipe normal   YES    Repair check valve      Replace    Are there any  obstructions in the operation  of the indoor heat exchanger   1 Air filter clogging   2 Heat exchanger clogging  3 Air short circuit    Eliminate the interfered causes   NO  Is 4 way valve normal   YES  Replace 4 way valve  Is there clogging  of the valve     YES  NO    Repair faulty parts     Are connector connection  NO    heat exchanger  fan  and    fan motor normal   Repair faulty parts     NO              YES       Are characteristics of TC2  and TCJ sensor resistance    value normal   Replace TC2  or TCJ sensor   Check indoor P C  board   Failure   Replace    Replace PMV body     NO    Are indoor units of different  refrigerant circuit connected     Check andcorrect the cabling               Check with miscabling check  function of outdoor unit        Refrigerant overcharge  clogging   pipe breakage  abnormal overload condition    Or     Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation     P07     1C  Heat sink overheat error   Power voltage error  P12     11  Indoor fan motor error 1  Cabling error of fan motor connector   TCC L   
101. N  Fan ON  Humidifier output ON    Humidifier provided  Drain pump ON is set up by CN7O    Output short circuit or from remote controller   DN 40        Fan output CN32 DC12V Shipment setup  ON with indoor unit operation and OFF  with stop are linked     Output   Single operation by FAN button on remote controller is set  up from remote controller  DN 31     CN61 ON OFF input HA ON OFF input   J01  YES NO Pulse  At shipment    Static input select        prohibited by input     ON during operation  Answerback of HA    s   6  ON during alarm output    Option output CN60 DC12V  COM         Defrost output ON when outdoor unit is defrosted   G   Thermo ON output ON during Real thermostat ON  Compressor ON         COOL output ON when operation mode is cooling system   COOL  DRY  Cool Heat Auto cooling     5   HEAT output ON when operation mode is heating system   HEAT  Cool Heat Auto cooling       Fan output ON when indoor fan is ON   During use of air cleaner Interlock cabling     Generate check code    L30     for 1 minute continuously  to  stop forcedly the operation     Used for indoor operation check     Outdoor does not communicate with remote controller  and  outputs specified operation such as indoor fan  H   drain  pump ON  etc      DISP exhibition mode i i Exhibition mode enables to communicate by indoor unit and  remote controller only    When power has been turned on   Timer short  Usual     EXCT demand i Indoor unit forced thermostat OFF operation       163    11 2  Ou
102. ON  Procedure 2    Jj    Programming the EEPROM data  Procedure 3    Y    Power supply reset   All the indoor units connected to the remote controller are reset in case of group operation control     183    Method 2    Before exchange  it is impossible to read out the setup contents due to EEPROM error   Exchange of PC  board for service  amp  power ON  Procedure 2    Y    Writing in of the setup data such as the model name  capacity code  indoor unit address high ceiling setup   connection setup of option   etc to EEPROM based upon customer s information  Procedure 3    Y    Power supply reset  All the indoor units connected to the remote controller in case of group operation control     Procedure 1   Readout setup contents from EEPROM   Contents of EEPROM with setup changed at local site include setup at shipment from the factory are read out      1  Push      amp 5     buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more  1   Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller      In a group operation control  the firstly displayed unit No  indicates the header indoor unit No   In this case      is displayed in the item code  DN   The fan of the selected indoor unit operates  and also  starts swinging in a model with flap   2  Every pushing 613   the indoor unit Nos  in the group control are displayed successively  2   Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller    Specify the indoor unit No  to be exchanged      he fan of the selec
103. PDU I F P C        112    Check code Wireless remote controller    Wired Outdoor 7 segment display  remote  controller    Lg  O   AAA A  SR    01  TS condition    102  TD condition    d Fan motor lock   01  Comp  1 side   02  Comp  2 side       01  Comp  1 side   02  Comp  2 side    Central   control   device  indication    ALNET central    Check code name Detecting device    Sensor block display  of receiving unit    Indoor fan motor error  Outdoor liquid back detection error    onnl     H enu     dH enu    High pressure protective operation    Outdoor fan IPDU error  G TR short protection error  Comp position detective circuit system error IPDU    Do e      AI NET communication system error     Teran   MNT OT    Sensor block display    of receiving unit Check code name Detecting device    Sending error in TCC LINK central control    Receiving error in TCC LINK central control  poe foi 0              Differs according to error contents of unit with occurrence of alarm    AR     L20 is displayed      Batch alarm of general purpose equipment   General purpose equipment  control interface UF    Group control branching unit error  TCC LINK  Duplicated central control addresses       113    New check code    1  Difference between the TCC LINK and Al NET check code  The displaying method of the check code changes in this model and onwards        weree code TOC Link  Used characters Hexadecimal notation  2 digits Alphabet   Decimal notation  2 digits    Characteristics of code   Fe
104. SV4 circuits             Are service valves of  gas pipe and liquid pipe of  outdoor unit fully opened        YES  Is indoor unit connected to different refrigerant systems  Correct cabling      Check with miswiring check function of outdoor unit     YES         YES  YES  YES   NO       Are outdoor PMV normal   1  Connector connection   2  Wiring 3  Coil   4  Valve body 5  I F P C  board    In cooling season  go to  A   in heating season  go to  B    A  Cooling    NO  Connector CN300  White    Repair outdoor PMV     YES    Does indoor fan operate NO  Start operation normally in cooling season     YES  O    Are following items normal   1  Connection   2  Condenser   3  Motor   4  Fan        Z  O    Repair faulty parts              YES YES  Cleanin Is there clogging of indoor Check indoor P C  board   g air filter or heat exchanger  Fall  te  gt  Replace  Are SV4 S    Valve circuits normal   1  Incorrect installation and  connection of SV4  2  Leakage from SV4 circuit    NO  SV4 valve  Connector CN311  Blue       Correct SV4   NO   YES Refri t short  Gehais 2 2 rigerant shortage or  valve circuits  Is the PMV Kit used Is indoor PMV normal    clogging or pipe deformed   NO    Is the PMV built in the indoor unit  YES made full open              PMV built in the indoor unit  is made full open              Does not refrigerant YES  bypass from discharge to    suction through 4 way valve     Is the connection cable  Check 4 way valve  between PMV Kit and indoor unit  connected certa
105. T TEST SET CL UNIT   amp    CO  COCO   C            VENT             TOSHIBA             DORS FH          E mi  A A       OS A   9539          6 40 88                 v                                                         1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type   MMU AP0071YH to AP0121YH    Earth screw    It is included in the  electric parts box     Air outlet Air outlet louver    Select air blow direction incooling  or heating operation each                            Air inlet grille i Air filter    Air in the room is sucked from here  Removes dust and trash    Air filter is provided in the air inlet grille      MMU AP0152SH  AP0182SH  AP0242SH    Air outlet Air outlet louver    Change the direction of the air to be  discharged according to cool heat mode     Button    Button to open close  suction port    Air filter  Removes dust or trash    Provided on the suction port    Suction port  Sucks air inside of the room from here   Earth screw  It is included in the electric parts box     Air filter    Removes dust or trash    Provided on the suction port       Concealed Duct Standard Type                Earth screw    Earth screws are provided  in the electric parts box     Air outlet flange    Discharge duct is  connected     Air filter    Removes dust and trash    Air filter is provided in the air inlet grille         Air in the room is sucked from here      Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type     Air inlet  Suction duct is connected     Air outlet  Discharge duct is conn
106. T built in temperature sensor error   Check connection of connectors CNO6 on IPDU P C  board and CN600 on I F P C  board     If sensor is normal  replace IPDU P C  board     Check code Check code name Cause of operation     F15     18  Outdoor temp sensor miscabling   1  Misinstallation and misconnection of TE1   TCC L   AI NET   TE1 TL  sensor and TL sensor    Resistance characteristics error of TE1  sensor and TL sensor      Outdoor P C  board  I F  error    Are installed positions of NO Correct installed positions of  TE1 sensor and TL sensor correct  TE1 sensor and TL sensor   Outdoor I F P C  board  YES TE1 sensor   CN505  Green  TL sensor  CN521  White       Are connection of TE1 sensor connector NO    and TL sensor connector normal  Correct connection     YES    Are resistance characteristics of    rr nnection   TL sensor and TE1 sensor normal  Correct connectio    Es  O    YES   Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics  See TE1 sensor   Characteristics 5   See TL sensor   Characteristics 3     Check outdoor I F P C  board   Defect  gt  Replace      TE1 sensor   Outdoor heat exchanger temp sensor  TL sensor   Temp sensor between liquid tanks of outdoor P M V  1 2    L    ce    Check code Check code name Cause of operation   Checkcode     Checkcode   Check code name Cause of operation     F16     43  Outdoor pressure sensor miscabling  1  High pressure Pd sensor and low   F24     43  Pd sensor error Output voltage error of Pd sensor   TCC L   AI NET   Pd  Ps  pre
107. TO S H I BA FILE NO  A05 015    Ist revised   Jun  2006  2nd revised   Sep  2006    SERVICE MANUAL    MINESIMIVMIS       HFC    Mini SUPER MODULAR MULTI SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER       Outdoor Unit    Inverter Unit    MCY MAP0401HT  HTZ  HTZG   MC Y MAPO0501HT  HTZ  HTZG   MC Y MAPO0601HT  HTZ  HTZG   MC Y MAP0401HT2D  HT2DZ  HT2DZG  MC Y MAP0501HT2D  HT2DZ  HT2DZG  MC Y MAP0601HT2D  HT2DZ  HT2DZG    PMV Kit    HBM PMVO0361E  HBM PMV0901E    In addition to description for the normal type model   descriptions about the models with anti corrosion   based on JRA Standard light protection and heavy  protection  models are added in this Manual        WARNINGS ON REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE    Check of Concentration Limit    The room in which the air conditioner is to be  installed requires a design that in the event of  refrigerant gas leaking out  its concentration will not  exceed a set limit     The refrigerant R410A which is used in the air  conditioner is safe  without the toxicity or combustibility  of ammonia  and is not restricted by laws to be imposed  which protect the ozone layer  However  since it  contains more than air  it poses the risk of suffocation if  its concentration should rise excessively  Suffocation  from leakage of R410A is almost non existent  With the  recent increase in the number of high concentration  buildings  however  the installation of multi air  conditioner systems is on the increase because of the  need for effective use of floor space  individual contro
108. UTION   repair engineers  the third parties  and the users due to troubles of the product after work  when an incorrect work has been executed       Property damage   Enlarged damage concerned to property  furniture  and domestic animal pet        Explanation of illustrated marks     Explanation    Indicates prohibited items  Forbidden items to do   The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents     Indicates mandatory items  Compulsory items to do   The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents     Indicates cautions  including danger warning   The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents         Confirmation of warning label on the main unit     Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions   Refer to the Parts disassembly diagram  Outdoor unit       If removing the label during parts replace  stick it as the original     Turn    OFF    the breaker before removing the front panel and cabinet  otherwise an electric  shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury     During operation  a high voltage with 400V or higher of circuit     at secondary circuit of the high   voltage transformer is applied     If touching a high voltage with the naked hands or body  an electric shock is caused even if using an  electric insulator         For details  refer to the electric wiring diagram     Turn off breaker     When removing the fro
109. Unit  14 2 1  Printed Circuit Board  P C  Board  Replace Procedure Manual    This service P C  board is made as a common part for various model   In order to make proper operation  it is necessary to cut jumpers and to change Dip switches     Some electrical parts charged to high valtage for a while after turn off AC mains     Before servising  turn off the AC mains and wait for discharging electrical parts at least 5 minutes        1  Please cut jumper  S  according to the table below     Model name   NA  Intial setting of this Service P C  board  ouv 1 Ol  O     MCY MAP0401HT  MCY MAP0401HTZ  MCY MAP0401HTZG  MCY MAP0401HT2D  MCY MAP0401HT2DZ  MCY MAP0401HT2DZG  MCY MAP0401HT2K    MCY MAP0501HT  MCY MAP0501HTZ  MCY MAP0501HTZG  MCY MAP0501HT2D  MCY MAP0501HT2DZ  MCY MAP0501HT2DZG  MCY MAP0501HT2K    MCY MAP0601HT  MCY MAP0601HTZ  MCY MAP0601HTZG  MCY MAP0601HT2D  MCY MAP0601HT2DZ  MCY MAP0601HT2DZG  MCY MAP0601HT2K           Leave connecting  X   Cut connection    2  Please set the Dip switches Completely same as the P C  board originally equipped      General function of Dip Switches        SwithNo    General function  Demand  Power peak cut control  setting   High humidity setting   Cooling Heating Priority setting  etc     SW13  A Pree      8Wi4       4    E A         Terminator resistor setting       MCC 1429 J09 10 11    SW11 SW13 SW14    jQ  amp 8  9  EE TI    SW07 SWO08       188    15  EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST    15 1  Outdoor Unit    MCY MAP0401 HT  HTZ  HTZG 
110. YES   O    Correct power line     Clear check code     Did a block out occur     N            Is the network YES  address changed by the main    remote controller        N    O    YES  Is there any noise etc   Eliminate noise  etc     NO              Can other indoor units  be controlled from Al NET  central remote controller   or is the operation status  of indoor unit the same     Unavailable  Others are same   Check central controller     Failure  gt  Replace    YES              Can the  indoor unit be  controlled from the main  remote controller     NO NO Check indoor P C  board     Failure  gt  Replace    Does the network adaptor  P C  board LED  D01  turn on     Check power transformer of the  network adaptor P C  board  MCC 1401      YES    YES    Failure   Replace          1st revised   Jun  2006    10 6  7 Segment Display Function    B 7 segment display on the outdoor unit  Interface P C  board   On the interface control P C  board  a 7 segment LED is provided to check the operating status     The displayed contents are changed by combining the setup numbers of the rotary switches  SW01  SW02  and SWO03  on the I F P C  board     Interface PC  board       7 segment   segment  display A display B        CIA     L JL IN  USR  NGI 81818  2nd  1st  3rd  2nd  1st  HS  place place place place place H        CN30 CN31 SW0O5  SW15    JUDE JC AL 4    D601  nes   0603 D60     own sv swo2 swos Di SWO3           Check procedure when the system has stopped due to an trouble    Wh
111. actor and change   Screw  4 x 10 4 pcs     Ah CAUTION    Lead wires of reactor are passing through square hole of  cover  so when changing  take care to keep without  damage to wires by sharp edge parts         lt Assembling gt   Assembling by contrary procedure of above 7      1      Requirement    When changing  arrange as follows     Marking Fes        Ah CAUTION       When connecting reactor lead wires  be forming like right  side photo     ao side   out lead marking       Reactor cover          Insert mde  cover like    this figure   P    Do       174      Pert name Procedure ee    How to remove  electric parts box Ah CAUTION    Continued    Do not mistake wiring of a reactor     5  Reactor If wiring is mistaken  electric parts will break      Continued   Correct     Heactor    Lead wire with wire mark Wire with wire mark is     Nonpolar LA and LB  This case is wrong     Noise filter Noise filter    Correct resistance  450 or more    Wrong resistance  less than 100                                  connects to LA or LB   next to wire without mark                             Tester Tester     lt Assembling gt   Assembling by contrary procedure of above 7   gt  1      Requirement    When changing  arrange as follows     6  Wiring    proccessing Ah CAUTION    Wiring of the compressor lead and high pressure switch should not bundle other  wiring together     Compressor lead   Other wiring  and high GR EN 1 cn  BI o qm      Maa 77 Comppthermo       peu Comp case header  E   Ac
112. after turn off the power  supply        2  Remove screws of right side photo  and screws of power terminal block   INV side    Screw O4 x 6 2 pcs   terminal block screw     3  Open I F PC  board on the slant    Screw O4 x 8 2 pcs and supporter     4  Open I F PC  board on the slant    Screw O4 x 8 2 pcs and supporter     5  Remove reactor terminal block    Screw O4 x 16 2 pcs  bundle band     6  Remove middle plate   Screw 4 x 6  4 pcs     7  Remove each parts     e Remove Noise filter    Supporters and earth screw     e Remove electrolytic capacitor    Screw for fixing band     e Remove transformer    Screw O4 x 10 2 pcs  connector      lt Assembling gt     Assembling by contrary procedure of  above 7   gt  1      Ah CAUTION    After changing Noise filter  fix power wires by clamp        Fix power wires by clamp       173    3    Part name Procedure o a    How to remove  lt Disassembling gt   electric parts    box 1  Stop the unit operation and turn off the   Continued  power supply to the unit   5  Reactor    A WARNING    Never open the cabinet while five  minutes after turn off the power supply        2  Remove front and upper cabinet    Screw 4 x 10 9 pcs   3  Open I F PC  board on the slant    Screw O4 x 8 2 pcs and Supporter   4  Remove the reactor wires    Screw of terminal block  Wire clamp and  Bundle band   5  Remove reactor assembly    Screw 4 x 10 5 pcs     Ah CAUTION    Take care  Too much heavy        6  Remove reactor cover   Screw  O4 x 10 6 pcs   7  Remove re
113. ailable   Wired remote 0001   Unavailable  Operation prohibited   controller    62  Anti ceiling 0000   Clear 4  way Air Discharge  smudging control Cassette type only    64    TYPE  Item code  10        Indoor unit capacity  Item code  11     Setup data Wey  o   ww  0008 mm   ws   wo   ww   we   ww   wr       wn   m   ws  o me  SCHEER       65    7 1 2  Applied Control in Indoor Unit    B Remote location ON OFF control box  TCB IFCB 4E      Wiring and setup     Use the exclusive connector for connection with the indoor control P C  board     e Ina group control  the system can operate when connecting with any indoor unit  Control P C  board  in the  group  However when taking out the operation error signal from the other unit  it is necessary to take out from  each unit individually      1  Control items  1  Start Stop input signal   Operation start stop in unit  2  Operation signal   Output during normal operation    3  Error signal   Output during alarm   Serial communication error or indoor outdoor protective device  operation     2  Wiring diagram using remote control interface  TCB IFCB 4E   Input IFCB 4E   No voltage ON OFF serial signal    Output No voltage contact for operation  error display  Contact capacity  Below Max  AC240V 0 5A    Indoor control P C  board Remote location ON OFF control box   TCB IFCB 4E     ON OFF serial  signal input  Remote controller prohibition clear input  Operation signal output ELT COM    Operation signal output       HB       Error sig
114. allation is stable   If check is not executed  a fire  an electric shock or an injury is caused      N CAUTION    Be sure to put on gloves     during repair work   If not putting on gloves  an injury may be caused with the parts  etc       Heavy gloves such as work gloves    When the power was turned on  start to work after the equipment has been  sufficiently cooled    As temperature of the compressor pipes and others became high due to cooling heating  operation  a burn may be caused     e New Refrigerant  R410A     1  Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant    The pressure of R410A is high 1 6 times of that of the former refrigerant  R22   Accompanied with change of  refrigerant  the refrigerating oil has been also changed  Therefore  be sure that water  dust  the former  refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with  new refrigerant during installation work or service work  If an incorrect work or incorrect service is per   formed  there is a possibility to cause a serious accident  Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to  purpose a safe work     2  Cautions on Installation Service  1  Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil     For the tools exclusive to R410A  shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the  former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them     2  As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high  use material thickness of t
115. ame Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation     HO4     44  Compressor 1 case thermo operation   TCC L   AI NET       Service valve close     Ps sensor error   SV2  SV4 circuit error     Miscabling of communication between indoor and outdoor    Indoor outdoor fan and condenser error     Indoor outdoor PMV clogging     Indoor outdoor heat exchanger clogging     Refrigerant shortage    Are service valves of gas and NO  liquid pipe of outdoor unit fully opened  Open service valves fully      NO      Case thermo circuit error  HO6     20  Low pressure     VF PC  board error  TCC L   AI NET  protective operation    Service valve closed     Outdoor PMV clogging     SV4 valve leak  Coil misinstallation   4 way valve error     Compressor error     Refrigerant shortage    o ooc0 rxonm   o Joo bk WD             ls case thermo circuit normal   1  Connector connection  2  Wiring    NO D D D  Repair case thermo circuit        3  I F P C  board  Note 1   Note 1  Are characteristics of low pressure sensor normal      Exchange low pressure sensor   1  Case thermo is usually closed    1 Pressure by pressure gauge  Check joint   YES 2  Operation temperature of case thermo is 120  C  2 Pressure display on 7 segment display    3 Output voltage of I F P C  board  If 1 and 2  3 are different  an error of pressure sensor error is considered   If 2 and 3 are different  check I F P C  board     MS Open service valves fully  Are SV2 and SV4 circuits normal  NO Correct SV2 and 
116. an be selected by setting SWO07 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit      Standard function     Outdoor unit Local supply  I F P C  board    Display ee   SWO07 relay O BE Power   Bit 2 OFF OP 1 1 Supply  Q e 1 4          i       L   L       L   L       L   L   i  i L     Tu    i  1 i    i    i    i    i  d i    Connection SS pla ee i    pir a ED  i l    to s SW2    A   In case of pulse signal    I        i i 1   sw    Be sure to prepare the point of  dee 1       contact for each terminal   1 1 Swi     lt  gt    007   The time of the pulse signal is  N PN loos more than 100 m sec   po oOo o     swo   Do not switch on both SW1 and  Fog p  de dp x   SW2 terminal simultaneously     ee WE wes    A    Y wmm E 4  Shield wire     lt SW07 Bit 2 OFF      d  100   Normal    100   Normal    100   Normal    100   Normal     A CAUTION      Be sure to prepare non voltage point for each terminal       Display relay capacity of    OPERATION      Below AC240V 0 5A  COSf   100    When connecting load such as relay coil to    L1    load  insert the noise surge absorber     Below DC24V 1A  Non inductive load   When connecting load such as relay coil to  L1  load  insert the bypass circuit        73     Expansion function        Outdoor unit Local supply  nn See ees See a                           u       Ee    See Sees ee         er a    I F PC  board 1    I U  ERR    U  i SWO07 BEER Power    Bit 2 ON me vied supply      m maa  E       Display lamp surging power peak cut control     Pa
117. and remote controller    Check indoor power supply      Check indoor P C  board error       Check remote controller address setup    When two remote controllers operate     e Check remote controller PC  board     E02 Remote   Remote controller sending error Corresponding   Signal could not be sent from    Check the communication wire of remote controller  Exchange remote    controller unit only stops    remote controller to indoor controller   unit     E03 97 Indoor unit   Communication error between Corresponding   No communication from   Check remote controller and communication adapter wiring    indoor and remote controller unit only stops    remote controller  including    Detected at indoor side  wireless  and communication   adapter    E04 4 Indoor unit   Indoor outdoor communication Corresponding   Indoor unit does not receive    Check power ON order of indoor outdoor    circuit error   unit only stops    communication from outdoor    Check indoor address setup     Detected at indoor side  unit    Check inter unit cabling between indoor and outdoor      Check outdoor end terminal resistance setup  SW30 2    4    E06 E06 No  of indoor I F Decreased number of indoor units All stop When signal is not sent fora    Check the power supply of indoor unit   Power ON   units which certain period from the indoor  e Check connection of communication line between indoor and outdoor   received signal unit which has been used to    Check connector connection for communication in ind
118. arted  other Setup the address again after disconnecting  start error refrigerant circuit system was setting automatic address   communication connection with other refrigerant circuit    E12 01  Indoor outdoor  communication  02  Between outdoors e When outdoor automatic address started  indoor system   communication  E16 E16 00  Capacity over  01 to  No  of connected units  E19      No header unit    Two or more header units  E20       automatic address was executed     EN  UF No corresponding All stop Indoor unit is not found when indoor automatic address Check the communication line connection between  indoor unit during start was set up  indoor and outdoor   automatic address Check the electric power line error in indoor   Check the noise of surrounding devices   Power failure  Check indoor PC  board error   MN    No  of connected All stop   Total capacity of indoor units exceeded 135  of total Check the connection capacity of indoor unit   indoor units   Capacity outdoor capacity  Check the HP capacity of indoor unit   over   No  of connected indoor units are more than 48 units  Check the indoor outdoor capacity setup   Note  Check the No  of connected indoor units   If this code appears   set up    No  capacity over detection         Check the outdoor I F P C  board error    Setup method of    No  capacity over detection     Turn on SWO9 Bit 2 on I F P C  board of outdoor unit     97  99 Indoor   Communication error   Corresponding   Regular communication between indoo
119. artsname            i E          ceca BLK  BLACK Indoor temp sensor   GE Ge TC1 TC2 TCJ   Network adaptor A E Pulse motor valve   Option  BRW   BROWN   Wired remote Adaptor for MCC 1401 GRN   GREEN       RY303 Louver control rela    controller wireless remote  controller    I  POIN      d  L jJeM UBIH    8 1 2    HLitZOdV  HI8LOdV    HLSLOdY    HLZLOdY  HE600dV  HEZ00d V MININ    9c                                              Color identification  BRW   BROWN Pul NO  RED   RED ulse motor z  e Ce valve S 1  Oindicates the terminal block  letter at inside  BLU   BLUE  090 indicates the terminal number   E BLK ZS 2  A dotted line and broken line indicate the  PNK   PINK F EE wiring at site   GRN eel   CREENA S A  dell 3  indicates the control P C  board     CN22   RISA ISI SIMIO   SISIAI81201  1X2   CNS0 CN82   CN210 CN33   CN44 CN40 i n   BLU   WHI   WHI   BRW   BLU  SE  19   Heat exchanger F301 Fuse 00 A  RED 00 T3  19  250V  CN41 ar d N 4        I  T I    3      e 00 E   gt  99  Power    pc 12 0 N 100 ere MEN  o5 CN67  BRW  5   5  s SS CN81  BLK    WU    DC 7V ees od  S CN101 DI 1  veo LT UA VS T  04  gt  Eu ca CN103  AT  TF JE  T S  cg   gt   O  S  co   gt  Oj oc  m  GRN  o  z cN102  r oet ew  Heat  d excnanger  E iz T  MCC 1510   YEL  oo Smd sensor  EY Y N N N v We We We We N D M M Er  KG  MI uU Dr Dr u Or o  00 ON    een PEJE Control P C board for indoor unit 7 s  YAS y SASANZ I rab EE 141019184 7 GIE IER CN104 Ter kW ermo  WK TI  HERE frared rays receive SE DI DE CNBO wu
120. at the third party  a child  etc   does not approach the equipment     Connect the cut off lead wires with crimp contact  etc  put the closed end side upward  and then apply a water cut method  otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at  the users  side     When repairing the refrigerating cycle  take the following measures   1  Be attentive to fire around the cycle  When using a gas stove  etc  be sure to put out fire    before work  otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire    2  Do not use a welder in the closed room  When using it without ventilation  carbon  monoxide poisoning may be caused    3  Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle  otherwise fire of the welder may  catch the inflammables      For more details  please refer Page 7 to Page 9   This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant  R410A  which does not deplete the  ozone layer     Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which  match with it    For the products which use R410A refrigerant  the refrigerant name is indicated at a  position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see  To prevent miss charging  the route of the  service port is changed from one of the former R22     For an air conditioner which uses R410A  never use other refrigerant than R410A   For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant  R22  etc    never use R410A    If different types of refrigerant are mixed  abnormal high pressure generates in the ref
121. ating operation  if humidifier  provided  is judged   compressor    ON     compressor    ON     fan    ON     and MAX   TC2  TCJ   gt  33  C  the drain pump operates     Check code  P10      1  When the air conditioner stops in the    HEAT    mode  drive  the indoor fan with    LOW    mode for approx  30 seconds      1  When the louver signal has been received from the remote  controller  the louver operates if the indoor fan is operating      2  In 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type  the discharge louver  automatically directs downward if the operation stops      3  In 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type  the discharge louver  directs upward if the heating operation is being prepared      1  The operation time of the indoor fan is integrated and  stored in memory  and the filter exchange signal is sent to  the remote controller to display on the remote controller  LCD after the specified time     2  When the filter reset signal is received form the remote  controller  time of the integrated timer is cleared  In this  time  if the specified time has passed  the measured time is  reset and LCD display disappears     57    Mel     Wem o Outline of specifications   Remarks             QY    and    E  display   Operation and  heating stand by     16   Selection of  central control  mode     lt Operation standby gt  Display on remote controller e  O goes on    1       P0O5    is one of displays of power wire missing      P05    of power cable is detected      COOL DRY    operation ca
122. ation      3 15  When The Following Symptoms Air Found    Check the points described below before contacting your local service repair center     Outdoor unit e White misty cold air or     F an of the outdoor unit stops automatically and performs defrost  water is blown out  operation     e Sometimes  the noise     Solenoid valve works when defrost operation starts or finishes    Pushu      is heard     Indoor unit Swish  sound is  sometimes heard     e When the unit is in operation a sound such as the movement of  water from one area to another may be heard  This sound may  become larger after a period of 2 to 3 minutes once the unit has  begun operation  This is not a cause for concern  but is the move   ment of the refrigerant or the draining sound of the dehumidifier     A stopping indoor unit   e When the air conditioner system is operating  the stopping indoor  in the same operating unit in the same system needs temporary flow of refrigerant to  air conditioner system prevent the stay of oil or refrigerant     emitted sound  white Therefore  refrigerant flow sound    shaa cyu    may be heard  or white  vapor or cool air  vapor may come out when other indoor unit heating  or cool air may  come out when other indoor unit cooling     Slight  Pishi  sound is     This sound is generated when the heat exchanger  etc  expands  heard  and contracts slightly due to the change of temperature     Discharge air smells    V arious odurs such as those from a carpet  clothes  cigarett
123. ation   correction amount B   A   Normal time    r   During release control   r1     no    No  of connected units     no    Refrigerant oil recovery operation    A   During sending of cooling refrigerant oil recovery signal    C1    Normal time      B   During sending of heating refrigerant oil recovery signal    H1      Normal time    H  Automatic address A  B     Ad   Demand operation              Automatic addressing    FF   Normal time        dU   Normal time       In 50  to 90    50 to 90     gt     CODERE    B       When controlling by communication line input    E50 to E90                 Optional control  P C  board input    Displays optioned control status A    Operation mode selection   In heating with priority  Normal           Priority on cooling   Heating only   Cooling only   External master ON OFF control  x    oko os    Start input    ER    IL    E  ae       Night operation  Sound reduction    Normal  Operation input        Snow fan operation   Normal  Option control  BUS line input  Same as above         C1         O       mark  Indicates none on display    147    2  Data display of outdoor unit information    SWO1   Swo2 Display contents  1 1 1 Error data Displays outdoor unit number   U1  to  U4     Displays check code  Latest code only is displayed    There is no check code             There is sub code  Check code         for 3 seconds     sub code         for 1 second alternately     lt SW04 gt  push function   Fan of unit with error only drives  7 segme
124. bleshooting      3  Check that  L08  is displayed on 7 segment display  B  on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit    LO8  Indoor address unset up      If the address setup operation has already finished in service time  etc  the above check code is not dis   played  and only  U1  is displayed on 7 segment display  A    9 4 2  Address Setup and Check Procedure    Interface P C  board A a    Automatic address  Setup from SW15 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit    Manual address  Setup from the wired remote controller    For details  refer to section  9 4 3  Address setup procedure      m mam    Indoor unit power ON Turn on power of indoor unit in refrigerant line to which address is set up   Outdoor unit power ON   Turn on power of all the outdoor units in refrigerant line to which address is set up     3 7 segment display Check that  L08  is displayed on 7 segment display  B  on the interface P C  board of the  check outdoor unit in the system to which address is set up     Confirm the corresponding items in    8 4 3 Address setup procedure     and then set up address  according to the operation procedure     Be sure that the setup operation may differ in group control or central control     Note  Address cannot be set up if switches are not operated        Address setup start    Display check after   After address setup   U1      are displayed in 7 segment display section     setup   If an error code is displayed in 7 segment display  B   remove the caus
125. ce SV4 valve      Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe      Check operation error of check valve of discharge gas pipe      Check clogging of circuit at auxiliary heat exchanger side    Miswiring  Disconnection  Wiring missing      Check circuit of SV5 valve      Check refrigerant overcharge       Check power supply voltage     Check fan IPDU error       Check fan motor   Lock  phase missing     Check cause of abnormal overload at start time   e Check connection of connector to fan motor       Check connector connection and wiring on IPDU PC  board     Check compressor error and defect of compressor coil     Check outdoor P C  board  IPDU  error       Check connector connection and wiring     Check compressor error and defect of compressor coil     Check PC  board  IPDU  error     e Check indoor P C  board        Cha    Error detected by TCC LINK central control device    Check code       Error detection    Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET Detected position Check code name  central control    device Check code   Auxiliary code   remote controller    TCC LINK TCC LINK central control   Operation   Signal is not transmit from    Check central control device error   device transmission error   continued    central control device  e Check communication line error of central control device     Check setup of terminator resistor     TCC LINK central control   Operation   Signal is not received from    Check central control device error    device receiving error co
126. ck code Check code name Cause of operation  Refer to  Address clear          L06     96  Duplicated indoor units with priority Two or more indoor units with priority       9    L    Turn on the power of outdoor unit again      TCC L   Al NET   Displayed on the indoor unit other than   are duplicated   one with priority and on the outdoor unit  Re execute address setup            Refer to    Address setup         Auxiliary code  No  of indoor units with priority    When indoor unit with priority is duplicated  this fault code is displayed on the unit other than the setup indoor unit  and outdoor unit       As only one indoor unit with priority is valid  change the setup         Note  This code is displayed when the power is turned on at the first time after installation   Because the address is not yet set up     Check code Check code name Cause of operation     L09     46  Indoor capacity unset Indoor capacity unset   TCC L   AI NET   Are capacity setups  of indoor units unset   NO          Set up capacity data of indoor unit    Setup item code  DN    11     Check indoor P C  board   Defect  gt  Replace    ZEL    Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation     L10     88  Outdoor capacity unset The model selection jumper of the outdoor I F  L20     98  Duplicated central Central control addresses are duplicated    TCC L   AI NET  P C  board does not match the model   TCC L   AI NET  control addresses  YES Correct the network add
127. connecting connector setup on the previous PC   board should be reflected on P C  board for service   See the below figures       MCC 1402  JP  CN41  MCC 1403  JPO001   CNO41                From the left  CN112 111 110    When short circuited plug is mounted to P C  board before       change  re mount the short circuited plug as previous     2  It is necessary to set Indoor unit to be exchanged   Remote controller   1   1  Based upon the system configuration  turn on power of the indoor unit with one of the following items   1  Single  Individual  operation  Turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3   2  Group operation  A  In case that power of the exchanged indoor unit only can be turned on  Turn on power of the exchanged indoor unit only and proceed to Procedure 3   B  In case that power of the indoor units cannot be turned on individually  Case 1   a  Remove temporarily the group wire connected to the terminal blocks A and B of the exchanged  indoor unit     b  After connecting the remote controller wire only to the removed terminal block  turn on power of the  indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3       When the above methods cannot be used  follow to the two cases below   C  In case that power of the indoor units cannot be turned on individually  Case 2   a  Remove all CN41 connectors of the indoor units in the same group except those of the exchanged  indoor unit   b  Turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3       After Procedur
128. control   To the address setup procedure 2   However  go to the procedure 1 when the central control is performed in a single refrigerant line       Example  In case of central control in a single refrigerant line   In case of central control over refrigerant lines  Address setup procedure To procedure 1 To procedure 2    Cable systematic diagram  Central  remote controller    Indoor Indoor Indoor B Indoor  Remote Remote Remote  controller controller controller    Outdoor unit interface P C  board    D600 D601 D602 D603 D604  SW01 SW02 SWO3    AN AN VANS   D   0   0     Central  remote controller    controller  Address setup procedure 1    1  Turn on power of indoor outdoor units    In order of indoor  gt  Outdoor     2  After approx  1 minute  check that   U  1  L08  U  1  flash   is displayed in 7 segment display section on the interface  P C  board of the outdoor unit    3  Push SW15 to start the setup of the automatic addressing    Max  10 minutes for 1 line  Usually  approx  5 minutes      4  When the count   Auto 1  gt  Auto 2  gt  Auto 3   is displayed    in 7 segment display section  and it changes from    U  1         U 1  flash    to  U  1         U  1  light     the setup    finished       When performing an automatic address setup ona  single refrigerant line with central control  connect    Indoor  Remote  controller    s   nor    Remote  controller             relay connected between  U1  U2  and  U3  U4   terminals        For internal For wiring of    wiring be
129. controller   LCD display  interface P C  board  7 segment display    Using this self diagnostic function  the trouble can be identified using the table below     NOTE  The AI NET adapter cannot be mounted to both a slim duct  MMD APXXXXSPH  type and a compact  4 way  MMU APXXXXMH  type of the indoor unit     Check code list    The following list shows all fault codes    e If check code is from indoor remote controller  See  Main remote controller display    in the list    e  f check code is from outdoor unit  See    Outdoor 7 segment display    in the list    e  f check code is from AI NET central control remote controller  See  AI NET central control display    in the list    e If check code is from indoor unit with wireless remote controller  See    Sensor display of receiving unit    in the list        IPDU  Intelligent Power Drive Unit   O   Lighting   amp    Flashing        Goes off   ALT   Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED   SIM  Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED          Check code Wireless remote controller  e   Sensor block display  Wired Outdoor 7 segment display      remote AI NET central of receiving unit Check code name Detecting device  controller control display   Operation Timer Ready  display i Auxiliary code i Flash       O       Communication error between indoor and remote     Rem ntroller  controller  Detected at remote controller side  emote controle  Remote controller transmission error Remote controller    Comm
130. cu header  A FM  down     175        Na   Part nome Procedure EN  IN    4  F  SE    CAUTION  Wear protective clothing on your hands  as other components may cause injury Ss  etc  FN N  Y   lt Disassembling gt  Sat   1  Stop unit operation and turn off power    Supply to unit    2  Remove front cabinet  iY SN   Screw   4 x 10 3 pcs  SST SS  Note   Slide to downward for unhook the NS      hooking tab  N SS     3  Remove screws of fan guard  SEZ ESE   Screw 4 x 10  each 2 pcs  CAL ug d   4  Put tape to end of flat blade driver for AA s  protect coating surface  Put tape for   c   protect coating   1 me A   5  Unhook hooking tab of fan guard by using EAS  flat blade driver   Hooking tab 5 points  y    j   E s   6  Remove screw of propeller fan     Screw is reverse revolution     7  Remove propeller fan  EI   Note   Pull out to front straightly   Do not pull out forcibly  became    fasten          8  Remove fan motor lead wires from connec  y p  tors of fan IPDU P C  board  and remove Jy A      wires from inside  frat i   9  Remove fixing screws of fan motor    SARA   Screw  O4 x 16  each 4 pcs    Ke ef wi  Note   Remove screws with keeping fan   E   motor by hand for prevent dropping     lt Assembling gt  A   Assembling by contrary procedure of above     9   gt  1   d    176            e  Part neme Procedure E    5   Compressor A CAUTION   mg P  Wear protective clothing on your hands as     Wd ol aE d  other components may cause injury etc  i HH A    lt Disassembling gt    Aer  m
131. d on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated   Check that       H   is displayed on the 7 segment display   B  on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit        NOTE  The test operation returns to normal operation after 60 minutes     98    3  Batch start stop  ON OFF  function  This function is provided to start stop collectively all the indoor units connected to the same system by using  switches on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     Operation procedure    PowerON  kan Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit     If an error is already displayed under condition of  SWO01  1   SWO2  1   SWO3  1   resolve the problem  using the troubleshooting guide and then execute the  test operation           If the operation is set    heat     indoor unit which is set to  Set up the operation mode of the remote controller  s E Li    If it is not set up  the operation continues in the current mode   cool priotny wi EE O Sr DE EE   FAN COOL HEAT  If the operation is set to  cool   indoor unit which is set to   heat priority  will not operate 7 or will be displayed     Set on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit SWO 1 to  2    Sw02 to  7   and SWOS3 to  1  respectively   CH   is displayed  on 7 segment display  A       Push SWOA on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit for  2 seconds or more     The indoor unit to be started operates     Push the push switch SWO5 on the interface P C  board of the  outdoor u
132. e  1  Stop unit operation and turn off power supply   F C   m  to unit  W  e   1  A WARNING S di           Never open the cabinet while five minutes Wu BL c i  after turn off the power supply  H Wu A T  Y    i    Li tig  2  Remove front cabinet  piping panel  Front  E n x   I  and  Rear    Screw  4 x 10 9 pcs  VM d m  3  Recover refrigerant  A A M   4  Remove pipings  power supply wires and NE E FE    wires to indoor unit  UU dine    5  Remove soundproof mat   Total 4 pcs  i  c 8 HE y  6  Remove terminal cover of compressor  and 4 CT  pm UE Weg  remove comp lead wires and comp thermo     7  Remove comp case heater and TD sensor at     ES NE  discharge pipe    u        8  Remove comp nuts  three points   Te  i  AJ L  Note   After remove small plate as right side  W h LE    figure  remove rear side comp nut  W      3    4  A ratchet wrench is required in order to   w      remove comp nut  V A   i a  9  Take off discharge pipe and suction pipe by    re welding  qb d   A     CAUTION E   Je    Be aware that if oil is present when brazing Pa    a fire could occur   10  Remove Compressor   11  Measurement of the quantity of oil in the defective compressor   Place the defective compressor on a scale  and use the weight to calculate the oil  quantity   Oil amount in the defective compressor   A  cc     Removed compressor mass  kg      22 2  x 1042   Specific gravity of oil  1042 cc kg   Note   When compressor holds no oil  mass is 22 2 kg                         177       Revised   Ju
133. e  or  cosmetics will adhere to the air conditioner     dy indication is lit    When cooling operation cannot be performed because another  indoor unit performs heating operation       When the manager of the air conditioner has fixed the operation to  either COOL or HEAT  but a request or demand contrary to the  setup operation is requested      When the fan operation is stopped to prevent the discharge of hot  air    When power of the air     Sound is generated when the expansion valve operates when the  conditioner is turned power supply has been turned on    on     Ticktock    sound is   heard     Operates or stops automatically  e Is the timer    ON    or    OF P     Does not operate    Is there a power failure to the unit     Has the power supply been turned off     Has the power fuse or breaker blown     Has the protective device operated   The operation lamp goes on       s the timer  ON    The operation lamp goes on        Are COOL and HEAT selected simultaneously   KO indication is lit on the display column of the remote controller      It is not a failure     e Is the suction port or discharge port of the outdoor unit obstructed     Are there any doors or windows open     Is the air filter clogged with dust       Is the discharge louver of the indoor unit set at appropriate posi   tion     Check again       Is the air selection set to    LOW    or    MED    and is the operation  mode set to    F AN       Is the setup temp  the appropriate temperature       Are COOL
134. e 3 operation has finished  be sure to return the temporarily removed group wire or  CN41 connector to the original connection     Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Service P C  board of  P C  board P C  board the unit to be changed                        Case 1     S Remove the group wire of the  d d terminal blocks A and B of the  Group wire Remote changed indoor unit  and then  controller install the remote controller only   Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Service P C  board of  P C  board the unit to be changed   Case 2        Remove CN41 connectors  of the indoor units other   than the units to be changed  in the same group                     Remote  controller            Group wire    185    Procedure 3   Writing in of setup contents to EEPROM     The EEPROM contents which are installed on the service PC  board have been set up at shipment from the factory    1  Push     6   G buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more    Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller    L  I   is displayed in the UNIT No box    In this time   Z  is displayed in the item code  DN   The fan of the indoor unit operates  and also starts  swinging in a model with flap   2  Using temperature setup Cw    Ca  buttons  the item code  DN  can be moved one step up 1 or down one  by one  3  Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller    3  First set up the type and capacity code of the indoor unit    The data at shipment from the factor
135. e controller is not normally  turned on  Therefore check the following items       Check power supply of indoor unit     Check wiring between indoor unit and remote controller       Check whether there is cutoff of cable around the indoor control P C  board or not  and check connection  failure of connectors       Check failure of transformer for the indoor microcomputer      SWO1 SW02 SWO03  e Check indoor control P C  board failure  Rotary switches       vs       9 4 3  Address Setup Procedure    In this air conditioner  it is required to set up address to the indoor unit before starting opera   tion  Set up the address according to the following setup procedure     CAUTION         Set up address after wiring work     It requires maximum 10 minutes  Usually  approx  5 minutes  to set up automatically an address to 1 line       To set up an address automatically  the setup at outdoor side is necessary    Address setup cannot be performed by power ON only        To set up an address  it is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner       Manual address setup is also available besides automatic setup   Automatic address   Setup from SW15 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit    Manual address   Setup from the wired remote controller      It is temporarily necessary to set the indoor unit and wired to 1   1    In group operation and in time without remote controller     Automatic Address Setup    Without central control  To the address setup procedure 1  With central 
136. e displayed alternately        n this time  the temperature cannot be set up   4  To confirm the alarm history other than the latest one  push temp  set  4 JI v  Jto select Item  code  01 to 04      GROUP  5  To confirm the alarm in the other group  push and  a       _ to select the group number     Do not push button because all the alarm histories of the currently selected group are deleted     6  To finish the service check  push      button        Unit No display Alarm display  UNIT No i  N  J  0 m n  P   l  l Alternate flashing display l ye  R C No    116    In case of Al NET central remote controller    1  Operation for CHECK display    When pushing the CHECK switch  the indoor unit No   Network address No   including the check data is  displayed in the UNIT No  display section  and the check code is displayed in the set up temp  display section     CHECK switch  Push for 0 5 seconds to display CHECK code         MONITOR ZONE   DD ON CENTER AUX TYPE OI STANDBY  Ser  CD UNIT EVE  OFF LOCKED TIMER No DI FILTER    1234567 8 910111213141516   MODB   FAN   ux  and  M fous Ge  HEAT LOW s  AUTO   FIX V     MONITOR SET ALUZONE ZONE UNIT ON  e e  FTEMPJFLTER RESET CHECK                   ZONESETENTER SELECT OFF   TMER mA 4x LOUVER    0000090       Push for 3 seconds to reset indoor microprocessor    While indoor microprocessor is locked by ALL STOP alarm     Push for 10 seconds to clear check data        RESET switch    Push the switch in the hole with pin     The remote control
137. e of trouble referring to   9  Troubleshooting      Using 7 segment display function  check the system information of the scheduled system    This check is executed on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit         SW01 SW02  SWO03    Rotary switch setup 7 segment display  System information   Swot   swo2   swo3    A   B   check after setup System capacity  No  of HP   HP   No  of connected outdoor unit  Connected No  of units    P   No  of connected indoor units 1 4  Connected No  of units     After the above checks  return rotary switches SW01  SWO02  SWOS to 1 1 1     Check on indoor unit  1  Display check on remote controller  In case of wired remote controller     Check that a frame as shown in the following left figure is displayed on LC display section of the remote  controller           EY                NO    GOOD GOOD           DON  OFF                B TEMP   DON OFF  o                                                                                                                                               7 segment Push switch Push switch  Co  CD CED Coo  CHD CBD Interface P C  boar SE E SCH SEH Push switch  FILTER DD aaa  caD FILTER DD Cr  D z E T INT     T SW 5  RESET TEST SET CL UNIT RESET TEST SET CL UNIT F    OLORO  CD    lOO  Z eo 7 t  A   segmen    display  B  Normal status Abnormal status play  B    Power and operation stop   Power is not normally turned on      If a frame is not displayed as shown in the above right figure  the power of the remot
138. e table below    ON OFF output pattern of each solenoid valve is as below      NOTE 1  Be aware that there is a 5 second delay in the operation of the selected solenoid valve after SW02  has been set     NOTE 2  The mark  O  in the table indicates the selected solenoid valve is forced on     NOTE 3  The mark       in the table indicates the selected solenoid mode will depend on the specifications  of the air conditioner     NOTE 4  The mark  X  in the table indicates the selected solenoid valve has been turned off   NOTE 5  The case heater relay output operates both compressor and accumulator heaters     kb    kb        display  lt i pattern of solenoid valve Compressor and    DO     A  la o o m    LOW don dom E A E    a o yo po yo o __        Clear   Return settings on SW01  SW02  and SWO3 to  1 1 1  on the Interface P C  board     NOTE  Ensure this function is cleared to return the air conditioner to normal operation     105    9 7 7  Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit   This function is provided to check the fan operation on the interface P C  board in the outdoor unit  The frequency  of the fan speed can be controlled    Therefore utilize this function to check the operation or abnormal sound in the fan system    NOTE  Do not use this function during operation of the compressor  It may damage the compressor      Operation    1  Set the switch on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit SWO1 to  2   SWO 2 to  1   SWOS to  4     2  When  F  d  is displayed in 7 segment
139. e than the specified amount    Check outdoor PC  board  IPDU  error   system error    H04 H04 Compressor 1 All stop Compressor 1 case thermostat performed    Check compressor 1 case thermo circuit    case thermo protective operation   Connector  cable  PC  board    operation   Check full opening of service valve   Gas and liquid side     Check outdoor PMV clogging     Check SV4 circuit leakage     Check miscabling misinstallation of SV4     Check valve open status of indoor PMV     Check 4 way valve error     Check refrigerant shortage     Check SV5 leak       1  All stop only in case of the header unit       The follower unit continues operation           ech  2     di  Gs  o   D         900      Unf       ecl    Wired    remote  controller       HO6    L03    L04    LO5    LO6    LO7    LO8    LOS    L10    L20    L28    Check code    Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET on Check code name Error detection condition Check item  position   central control  Check code Auxiliary code remote controller    20 Low pressure protective operation All stop Low pressure Ps detected   Check full opening of service valve   operation lower than 0 02MPa   Discharge gas and liquid side     Check outdoor PMV clogging     Check SV2 circuit and SV4 circuit error     Check low pressure Ps sensor error     Check indoor air filter clogging     Check valve open of indoor PMV     Check refrigerant pipe clogging     Check outdoor fan operation   In heating mode     Check refrigerant shortage     Check 4
140. e turn on the power of the indoor unit prior  to the power of the outdoor unit     Set the display select switches on the interface P C  board of  7 segment display   the outdoor unit as follows   A     SW01  gt   2  A1      SWO02  gt   4   Operation    SWO03  gt   1     Push the push switch SW04 on the interface P C  board of the  7 segment display   outdoor unit for 2 seconds or more   A   A     A1     FF        e display of the connected remote controller flashes     Push the push switch SW05 on the interface P C  board of the l    Check the connected remote controller     outdoor unit for 2 seconds or more  End       Other end conditions   1  10 minutes passed for sending operation  2  SW01  SW02  or SWO3 changed to other position        103    9 7 4  Pulse Motor Valve  PMV  Forced Open Close Function in Indoor Unit  This function is provided to fully open or close forcibly the PMV for 2 minutes in all indoor units  using the switch  operation on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     This function is also used to open the PMV fully when turning off the power and executing an operation  for  example  vacuuming     Operation     Open fully     Set the switch SWO1 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit to  2   SWO 2 to  3   SWO03 to  1  and push  SW04 for 2 seconds or more      Display shown on 7 segment display for 2 minutes as follows    P    FF      Close fully     Set the switch on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit SWO1 to  2   SWO 2 to  3 
141. e value of sensor is  infinite or zero  Open Short      Resistance value of sensor is  infinite or zero  Open Short        Resistance value of sensor is  infinite or zero  Open Short      Resistance value of sensor is  infinite or zero  Open Short        Resistance value of sensor is  infinite or zero  Open Short      During operation of compressor  in HEAT mode  the TE1   detection temp was higher than  that of TL by the specified value    continued for 3 minutes or more     High pressure Pd sensor and   low pressure Ps sensor were   exchanged  or output voltages  of both sensors are zero                Check item  position       Check connection cabling of TCJ sensor connector   e Check characteristics of TCJ sensor resistance value   e Check indoor PC  board error       Check connection cabling of TC2 sensor connector     Check characteristics of TC2 sensor resistance value   e Check indoor PC  board error       Check connection cabling of TC1 sensor connector   e Check characteristics of TC1 sensor resistance value   e Check indoor PC  board error     e Check connection of TD1 sensor connector   e Check characteristics of TD1 sensor resistance value     Check outdoor P C  board  I F  error     e Check connection of TE1 sensor connector   e Check characteristics of TE1 sensor resistance value     Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error     e Check connection of TL sensor connector     Check characteristics of TL sensor resistance value     Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error  
142. eases in the unit of 0 5 hr  30 minutes    The minimum set time is 0 5 hr     3 Push the SET button       display disappears and timer time display goes on   When the ON timer is activated  the chosen time period will be displayed  Once the time has been  reached  all displays except the ON light will disappear     Cancel of timer operation    4 Push the CL button     TIMER display will disappear     NOTICE      When the unit stops after the timer reached the preset time  the Repeat OF F timer will resume the    operation  However by pushing the button the repeat function will stop once the time on the    timer has again reached its set time      NON   OFF             9r    3 12  Maintenance    Cleaning of air filter    When  F ILTER  is displayed on the remote controller  it is time to check and if necessary clean the filter     A WARNING e Clogging of air filter decreases the cooling heating effect     3 11  Installation    Installation location    e Select a location for installation that will be able to safely support the weight of the unit   If the installation location is not strong enough to support the unit and the unit falls  injury could result           ANSET DATA TEST    a SA UA A mw   DLP     JN JU Ja RU hy  FILTER display        Notifies the time to clean the air filter           A CAUTION    e Do not install the unit in a location where combustible gases could conceivably leak   Leaking gases that accumulate in the vicinity of the unit could be ignited by the u
143. eating operation  move the louver with your hands so that the horizontal  air outlet points in a downward direction  towards the floor        Adjustment of air flow direction rightwards leftwards     In case of using unsymmetrical air directions     Lift up the vertical louver lightly and direct it towards the  desired direction   Once completed lower the louver back down     In this case  do not use the Swing function         In case of automatic swing     In this case  do not use the  swing function  JL AS    1 Push the button during operation        SWING _    is displayed and the air direc   tion will automatically change rightwards     TEMP  ON   OFF  leftwards   In cases where one remote controller controls  multiple indoor units  it is possible to set each  indoor unit individually  so that the air flow C3  direction can be altered  SWING FIX    2 Push the button again while the Ne  vertical louver is moving will allow you to  stop the louver in the desired position                          3 Swing button  gt       To set up the air flow direction individually   push the az  button to display each indoor 1  2 3  unit No  in a group control  Then set up the air  flow direction to the desired indoor unit     e If there is no display  all the indoor units can    be operated collectively  No display     Unit No  1 1     Unit No  1 2    Every push of the    gt   button  will change    the display as shown in the figure  Unit No  1 4    amp  Unit No  1 3       INFORMATION   
144. eck that the pipework and indoor units have been vacuumed and the correct amount of additional gas has been charged     Are valves of all the outdoor units fully opened  Gas side Liquid side    outdoor unit  A           E        e Check the additional amount of refrigerant     Check list 2    Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant from the following     Additional Additional refrigerant charge  Real length amount per liquid pipe 1m   by outdoor HP    of liquid pipe  Table 1   Table 2     Compensation  refrigerant charge R  kg   amount at site       Firstly enter the total length for each liquid pipe in the following table and then calculate the additional amount of  refrigerant by pipe length      Table 1  Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length    Pipe diaat   Standard amount of refrigerant   m Additional amount of refrigerant pipe  liquid side Tota pipe tendin afach quid side dia at each liquid side kg  g    Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe k  length  A     Next  refer to the following table for the corrective amount of refrigerant  B  by system capacity            Table 2  Compensation by outdoor HP    Outdoor unit capacity type Compensation by outdoor HP kg    Finally add the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length  A  to the corrective amount of refrigerant by  system capacity  B   This is the final additional amount of refrigerant     If the result is indicated as a negative  do not add any refrigerant  Do not add the refrigerant    0kg  
145. econd or more   The mode changes to the TO sensor value fix manual mode     3  As shown in the following table  TO sensor value can be fixed by setting the rotary switch SWO02 on the  interface P C  board     SWO02   SW03   7 segment display  B     SW02   SWO03   7 segment display  B     15 C  20 C  25 C    30  C  35  C  40  C  43  C       NOTE  Emergent operation should be restricted to one day or so on  If operating TO sensor fixed with this  function  the system control operation of the air conditioner may not become one based upon the  specification of the product  Therefore an emergent operation should be restricted to a day or so on      Clear   Return numbers of SW01  SWO02  and SWO03 on the interface P C  board in the outdoor unit to  1 1 1  each     Service support function list     L4 H1 Relig cet asco communicate Ine creck tureton eair operator       BENENLTLICITIOR NN  y Arce ce scams  Ce r ctra O oooO  EENEEL  IMEMNEMENEENNNNMMNMN    Indoor collective start stop  ON OFF  function    Error clear function    Solenoid valve forced open close function  1 to 16   F d   Fan forced operation function  Outside temp sensor manual adjustment function     0 1  to  1 6    Indoor No  1 to 9 unit Indoor individual start stop  ON OFF  function    107       9 7 9  Indoor Fan Operation Check Function    This function is provided to check operation of single indoor unit without using communication with the remote  controller or outdoor unit  This function can be used regardless op
146. ected              Earth screw ig    Earth screws are provided  in the electric parts box     Drain pan     Slim Duct Type     Air inlet  Suction duct is connected     Earth screw    It is included in the electric  parts box                              SEN  SK    e ESOS SS ci  Air filter So SSSR LN Air outlet   Air filter is not provided to   NM i    some models in the series      pee duct is    Weekly timer  RBC EXW21E2    A  2       Be  De   E   o   o   o        o   E   o   A  T   Ben        E   o  O    N  LL     E  N   t  e  O  9  m  O  E                   en        09           wenn  e nn  eon  de Dao  DU    PROP I                                                                    SELECT   ZONE J  a     gt                 5   AST CCS    panem                          e   se C s II                      OV     Under Ceiling Type     Button  Button to open close the suction port    Air inlet port    The air in the room is sucked in from this  port             Earth screw    Earth screws are provided in the electric  parts box        Air filter    Removes dust or trash      Provided on the suction port   Air outlet Air outlet louver    Change the direction of the air to be discharged according to cool heat mode      High Wall Type   MMK AP0071H to AP0241H    Air inlet grille  Air in the room is sucked from here           Earth screw    Earth screws are provided in the electric  parts box                                            Air filter    Removes dust and trash    Air f
147. ection error of communica   tion for indoor P C  board     Connector connection error of communica   tion for outdoor I F P C  board     Power supply of indoor unit   Is power turned on         Auxiliary code  No  of indoor units which received signals normally    Is there no mis wiring     disconnection on communication line  betweenindoor and outdoor        NO    Is connection of CNAO connector  on indoor P C  board normal     Is connection of CNO1 connector  on outdoor I F P C  board normal     YES    Is power of indoor turned on     YES    Did a power failure occur     YES    Is there no noise  etc     NO    Check indoor P C  board   Defect   Replace    YES    NO    NO    NO    Correct communication line         Correct wiring of the connector     Turn on power of indoor unit        YES    Clear the fault code     Check noise etc  and eliminate it if any      NOTE     1  When signal is not sent for a certain period from the indoor unit  which has been sending signals normally   E06  is displayed        Check code Check code name Cause of operation     E07            TCC L   AI NET     NO         Correct  communication line     YES    Correct power cable     YES    Eliminate noise         Indoor Outdoor  communication circuit erro   Detected at outdoor side     Is setup of terminal resistance  of outdoor unit normal     YES            Is interconnection cable   U1  U2  between indoor and  outdoor short circuited     NO    Is connection of interconnection cable  between ind
148. ed  In this case   0  or is displayed on the  remote controller     Match the rotary switch on the interface P C  board of the  outdoor unit with in the following table      7 segment display    A   B                 Address display of   00  is displayed for  corresponding indoor unit 5 seconds after operation ON                     Push the push switch SW04 on the interface  A   7 segment display   B   P C  board for 2 seconds or more           pushing this switch continuously for 10 seconds    A A      Start  or more  the operation changes to the individual   Address display of   11  is displayed for ar  test operation     corresponding indoor unit 5 seconds after operation ON    For individual test operation   FF  is displayed    I  The indoor unit to be started operates      Push the push switch SWO5 on the interface EHE one  nds EE  P C  board of the outdoor unit for 2 seconds or more   Address 1   A  Address 16 i            A      Address 17 se  Address display of   00  is displayed for to individually ao       corresponding indoor unit 5 seconds after operation ON     D  1 to 16 2  Address 32  Address 33  1 to 16 3 to individually  Address 48    After test operation  return the display select  switches SW01  SWO02  and SWO03 on the interface    P C  board of the outdoor unit to  1    1    1  respectively  Address 49    to individually  Address 64    16  16  16   6       7    NOTE  The individual test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes     100   
149. ed fully    CN32 Check for assembly line in factory  Opened  Normal  Short  Check mode      The outdoor unit connected with indoor outdoor communication line becomes automatically the master unit   No manual setting is necessary        167    12  REPLACING COMPRESSOR    12 1  Compressor Replacing Procedure  Outline     Ah WARNING    Never recover the refrigerant into outdoor unit     Be sure to use a refrigerant recovery device for refrigerant recovery for reinstallation or repair work   Recovery into the outdoor unit is unavailable  otherwise a serious accident such as rupture or ingury could  occur        RUM NOTE  Full opening operation of PMV by CN30    short circuiting rwill return to fully closed  Recover refrigerant from outdoor unit  after 2 minutes have passed    using a suitable device  To continue full opening status  turn off  power to the outdoor unit within 2 minutes     Turn off power to the troubled outdoor unit   Remove the troubled compressor   Measure oil amount in the troubled compressor     Adjust oil amount based upon the measured oil amount      This flowchart is the standard for replacing compressors   Each case must be considered on individual circumstances   Replace the compressors based on the following conditions  of judgement    Check for leakage in the malfunctioning outdoor unit  1  Oil of 1900 cc is charged in a compressor for service    2   he amount of oil is 1900 cc in an outdoor unit at shipment     WI 3  When a compressor is removed  it us
150. ed out for R410A using the conventional flare tools  adjustment of projection  margin is necessary  For this adjustment  a copper pipe gauge  etc  are necessary      Note 2  Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed     In addition to the above exclusive tools  the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary  as the general tools   1  Vacuum pump Level vial    Use vacuum pump by Screwdriver           attaching vacuum pump adapter  Spanner or Monkey wrench    EE Hole core drill    Pipe cutter Hexagon wrench  Opposite side 4mm     REAME Tape measure  Pipe bender Metal saw                  Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check   1  Clamp meter 3  Insulation resistance tester  Megger   2  Thermometer 4  Electroscope  Volt meter        5  Recharge of Refrigerant    When recharge of the refrigerant is required  charge the new refrigerant with the specified amount in the  procedure as described below     Recover the refrigerant and check there is no refrigerant in the  equipment  Leave it as it is for 1 to 2 minutes and check the indicator  of the compound gauge does not return     Connect the charge hose to the packed valve service ports at gas    side  liquid side of the outdoor unit     Set the refrigerant cylinder on the electronic balance   connect the charge hose to connecting ports of the  cylinder and the gauge manifold  and then charge the       liquid refrigerant from the service port at liquid side
151. ed position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted  pump down  and tighten the service valve  otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room    The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater  stove or cocking  stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous     When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such  as a multi air conditioner in a sub room  it is necessary that the density does not the  limit even if the refrigerant leaks     If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density  an accident of shortage of oxygen is  caused   For the installation moving reinstallation work  follow to the Installation Manual     If an incorrect installation is done  a trouble of the refrigerating cycle  water leak  electric  shock or fire is caused     After repair work has finished  check there is no trouble     If check is not executed  a fire  electric shock or injury may be caused  For a check  turn off  the power breaker     After repair work  installation of front panel and cabinet  has finished  execute a test  run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound     If check is not executed  a fire or an electric shock is caused  Before test run  install the  front panel and cabinet     Check the following items after reinstallation   1  The earth wire is correctly connected   2  The power cord is not caught in the product   3  There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the inst
152. el only     e If the outdoor unit has a build up of frost during the heating operation  the operation mode changes automati   cally to defrost mode to increase the heating effect  for approximately 2 to 10 minutes        During defrost operation  fans of the indoor and the outdoor units will stop     Protection for 3 minutes      The outdoor unit will not operate for approximately 3 minutes after the air conditioner has been immediately  restarted after being stop  or the power supply has been turned on  This is to protect the system     Main power failure    If a power failure occurs during operation  all operations stop     When restarting the unit  push the ON OF F button again     Fan rotation of stopped unit      When other indoor units within the same system are in operation  the fan on the indoor units that are on    stand   by  will rotate to protect the machine once approximately 1 hour for several minutes     Protective device  High pressure switch   The high pressure switch operates the unit automatically when excessive load is applied to the air conditioner   If the protective device operates  the operation lamp will stay but the operation will stop     When the protective device operates  check characters    A    on the remote controller display   The protective device may operate in the following cases     In Cooling operation    When suction or discharge port of the outdoor unit is closed     When strong winds blow continuously against the discharge port of the
153. em of the 1   1 air conditioner   DI  SDI  are connected      gt  Are    1   1 model    connection interface  TCB PCINTLE2  adaptors correctly connected      gt  When the digital inverter air conditioner operates with group operation  twin  operation   are the adopters connected to the header unit of the indoor unit        Note  The above figure does not show all the electric cables     For details  refer to the installation manuals for outdoor unit  indoor unit  remote controller  or optional  devices     c8    Check list 1     Using the  Check list 1   check there is no trouble in the installation work    Outdoor total capacity   IA Indoor unit __ JA  Outdoor unit  A     mm  Indoorunit    mm     Indoor    outdoor connection terminals  U1  U2      Central control system connection terminals  U3  U4        Is capacity of the leak breaker appropriate   Is the diameter of the power cable correctly wired     Is the control communication line correctly wired     Is the power of the indoor units supplied collectively     Is the earth grounded        1 MQ or more    Is the insulation good   10MQ or more     l    Is the main power voltage correct      10    Is the diameter of the connecting pipe correct     Is the branch kit correct     Does the indoor unit condensate drain adequately   Is the thermal insulation of pipes good   Connecting pipes  Branch kit   For both indoor and outdoor units  ensure air is not short circuited from discharge to inlet ports     After pressure test  ch
154. emote controller Weekly timer    TOSHIBA                                  DORS BA  TEST COOC   E  H H F  Os A p UN LI    8505  E DR ER    Appearance a e E     L  I       I    EN                                                                                                       TIMER SET FAN    CR CBD a   TIME SWING FIX     um OCO C Ce    RESET TEST SET CL UNIT    O  COCO JC                                                                   Heceiver section  mounted separately                               Appearance                                  4 way Air Discharge Under Ceiling type    1 way Air Discharge Cassette    Cassette type type  MMU AP tstk2SH Series              ZONE   1 J  PAI ESIL AJ DC BI All 8    ZN CH  SES CO ll             FOR os  DM    ZU o wwa DU                                   Appearance          GRO    lt   ZONE EI SC   3 segs        Ca   I A  meL  Cs  Cv  TOSHIBA ON OFF CONTROLLER       LLOFF j    TOB SC642TLE2 TCB CC163TLE2  64 system center controller oom                                                                17    8l    JOPOW                  000009  N ASASA ASA    5  OA Y415   AL S ASAISAs ASA  00009 SN   KAN ANY    LS  le vs NI  1   2   3   4   5   DO AN _ A A OA AA ADM Y        HUT J00pu  Le    INVdHOVIG ONIHIM         hit   ds  Y  NY EXE Le  We  We LN  N82  1  2X3 4X5  CN33  3X X1  CN34  G X2X3X4X5   WHI  aro  ie  CN1044 1X1  O   YEL   2X d MD  y TA  H CNt02 LU  O   RED   T2Y 2   ewo  Ge ovo TOS  a Indoor control P C  board  BLK   2X2
155. emote controller address connector  Is the terminator resistor NO Correct the terminator resistor setup   NO setup of outdoor unit normal   SW30 2   YES    Check remote controller P C  board     Defect   Replace NO  Is address setup correct  Set up address again   YES         Check connection of interconnection cable  NO between indoor and outdoor is correct  and   then connect communication line connector   on indoor P C  board  CN40  to CN44  EMG      Is power applied to fuse  F03   on indoor P C  board        Check code Check code name Cause of operation     E02        Remote controller sending error   Signal could not be sent to indoor unit         TCC L   AI NET  Check the communication wire of the remote  controller             Check noise etc  and eliminate it if any     m   2                d   D  Q       It is not displayed on 7 segment display of the central control controller     Is communication wiring between NO  remote controller and indoor unit correct   YES  Sending circuit error of the remote controller   gt  Replace remote controller     Is there no noise  etc   NO  Check indoor P C  board   Defect  gt  Replace            Correct the communication wiring     For details  refer to    Troubleshooting in test operation           900 lt  UI       8cl    Check code Check code name Cause of operation     E06     04  Decreased number of indoor units   1  Communication lines  U1  U2  connection   TCC L   AI NET     error between indoor and outdoor     Connector conn
156. emote controller is not connected with wire   Miscabling of remote controller    Remote controller communication circuit  error   If 230V is incorrectly applied to the remote  controller terminal  the remote controller  communication circuit fails     Using the main remote controller connected to a group  start a test operation   specify the unit which does not operate  Unit unconnected to group    Hemove Fasten receptacle connected to remote controller terminals  A B    and check the voltage  If voltage is not applied  replace P C  board     15 to18V in normal time        90       1st revised   Jun  2006    Incorrect wiring example   Fig  1     Remote Outdoor unit  controller status   7 segment display Incorrect example    No response E19 00  Outdoor unit  U3 U4     Fig  2     Number of connected outdoor units is short        Outdoor unit Outdoor unit  U1 U2 U1 U2    Indoorunit       91    9 6  Test Operation Check  9 6 1  Fan Operation Check    START    Push  START STOP  button   l When an error code has been displayed on the remote  Select the operation mode  FAN   controller  refer to Section 8 5 1   Is air discharged from the NO Check indoor fan  fan motor and fan circuit   discharge port of the indoor unit   Ensure power has been isolated before removing any covers    YES  Is there any abnormal noise  NO Check for items in contact with fan    Ensure power has been isolated before removing any covers    YES    Check all indoor units in turn                9 6 2  Cooling 
157. en if two compressors operate  the frequency difference may set as a measures against resonance       The temperature of indoor heat exchanger  TC  indicates TCJ sensor temperature in cooling time  and TC2 sensor  temperature in heating time respectively        2  Criteria for operating pressure  General criteria is as follows     High pressure   2 0 to 3 2MPa Indoor  18 to 32 C   All cooling operaton When all the units operate in cooling mode  Low pressure   0 5 to 0 9MPa Outdoor  25 to 35  C  High pressure   2 5 to 3 3MPa Indoor  15 to 25  C    All heating operation When all the units operate in heating mode  Low pressure   0 5 to 0 7MPa Outdoor   5 to 10 C    Using the rotary switch on the outdoor unit I F  the operating pressure  cycle temperature  and compressor rotation  count can be checked on the 7 segment display     Refer to  Outdoor refrigerant circuit system data display  and  Indoor cycle data display  in Section 9  Troubleshooting        96    9 7  Service Support Function       1st revised   Jun  2006    9 7 1  Function to Start Stop  ON OFF  Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit    The following functions enables the start and stop of the indoor units using the switches on the interface P C     board        mim          IH         Setup Release 7 segment display    1   Cooling test  operation    Changes the mode of all the connected indoor  units collectively to cooling test operation     Note  Control operation same as test  operation for remote controller     Heatin
158. en the system has stopped due to an trouble in the outdoor unit  execute the follow   ing check procedure   1  Open the panels of the outdoor unit  and then check the 7 segment display    The check code is shown on the right side of 7 segment display B      U1   DOO     OOO   Check code       Rotary switch setup for confirming the check code  SW01  1   SW02  1   SW03  1      However the check code  DOO  is displayed for 3 seconds and the sub code  OOO  for 1 second  are alternately displayed if a sub code is provided     2  Confirm the check code  and then follow the check procedure detailed for the diagnosis of the fault     Perform the check procedure based on each check code diagnosis        How to read the check display    7 segment display    VI 70d  LED ee MOL D E dg y  Lith 0 CLL CLIT A A  0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A b C d E F H J L  J vl  v5 L0 E a n   401  41090 0110110     11 11 14 LI   a c e G h i n o r S t V y   u    1  Data display of system information    1 1 3   Refrigerant name Displays refrigerant name  A P  Model with refrigerant R410A  Model with refrigerant R407C  B              HP     Total capacity of indoot units A   i   x  xx       XX ji   No  of connected indoor units  A   O0 to 10    Oto 10 units    CO  to  C10    O to 10 units  No  of units with cooling thermo ON   No  of connected indoor units  A   O to 10    Oto 10 units  No  of connected units     HO  to  H10    O to 10 units  No  of units with heating thermo ON   Data is displayed with hexadecimal not
159. erating or stopping of the system     However  if this function is used for a long time  a trouble of the air conditioner may be caused  Therefore using  of this function should be restricted to several minutes     Operation    1  Short circuit CHK pin  CN71 on the indoor P C  board      If short circuiting DISP pin  CN72 on the indoor P C  board  while short circuiting CHK pin  CN71 on the  indoor P C  board   the indoor PMV only becomes the minimum opening  30 pulse   When opening DISP pin   it becomes the maximum opening again      Clear     Open CHK pin  If the system is operating  it stops once but automatically restart after several minutes     For the details of CHK pin  CN71 on indoor P C  board  and DISP pin  CN72 on indoor P C  board   refer to  11  Control circuit configuration  Indoor unit 2  Indoor P C  board MCC 1402 and MCC 1403     9 7 10  Indoor Fan Only Operating Mode   When operating an air conditioner with indoor units and remote controller only in fan operation etc   this function  can be used  A group operation is also available     Operation     1  Short circuit DISP pin  CN72 on the indoor P C  board   However  if CHK pin  CN71 on the indoor P C  board   has been previously short circuited  this function is unavailable   2  In a group operation  set up a group as usual     3  While DISP pin is short circuited  all the sensor error judgment operation and communication with the  outdoor unit are not performed  PMV is fixed to the Max  opening      Clear 
160. error continues after the unit has stopped  the check code is immediately displayed when  the unit is restarted     114    10 3  Troubleshooting by Check Display on Remote Controller    1  Confirmation and check  When a trouble occurs in the air conditioner  the    CODE Ho  check code and the indoor unit No  are displayed    H  on the of the remote controller  h     Lt  The check code is displayed while the air condi  E  tioner operates   If the display has disappeared  operate the air   mE  conditioner and check the error based upon the Check code en EM  following  Confirmation of error history         2  Confirmation of error history    If a trouble occurs in the air conditioner  the error   history can be found with the following procedure     Up to 4 error histories are stored in the 2  memory      This history can be confirmed from either operat   ing status or stop status             DON   OFF    FAN    SWING FIX    FILTER  RESET TEST       UNIT    When pushing    and 93 buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more  the below display appears   If  Service Check  is displayed  the mode enters the error history mode   e  01  Error history order  is displayed in code number window  ENS    Procedure Description  SET TEST       Check Code  is displayed in code number window     UNIT No     l        Indoor unit address with error  is displayed in UNIT No   gt  H S  i wl    Each successive push of the temp  set Cw     A buttons  the error histories stored in the memory are  di
161. eversal of COOL HEAT by    Data value  2   Ts 1 5     selection COOL  HEAT  HEAT COOL    28  Automatic restart of   0000   None 0001   Restart 0000   None  power failure  9  Operation condition  0000   Usual 0001   Condition ignored 0000   Usual  of humidifier  Detection control for heat exchanger temperature   Selection of option   0000   Filter input 0001   Alarm input  Air washer  etc   0002   None  error input  CN70  0002   None  HA terminal  CN61   0000   Usual 0001   Leaving ON prevention control 0000   Usual  select  HA terminal   Automatic elevating  0000   Unavailable 0001   Available 0000   Unavailable  grille  1   Ventilating fan 0000   Unavailable 0001   Available 0000   Unavailable  control    TA sensor selection  0000   Body TA sensor 0001   Remote controller sensor 0000   Body TA sensor  Temperature unit 0000    C  at factory shipment  0000     C  select 0001     F  Drain pump control 0000   None 0001   Pump ON 0003   Pump OFF  0002   None 0003   Pump OFF  High ceiling selection  Air volume selection  Indoor unit type om ee pue   Urano que Super long High efficiency  Compact 4 way Air AI et High ceiling   High ceiling  1 way Air Discharge een Oe High ceiling High ceiling  Cassette MMU A Paros  High ceiling  3   Concealed Duct   External static      rem External static       oO no  eo m  gt     O  0 CO N NO     SH xl  AIO    O   n2    4    0000   Standard    0  5d          4 way Air Discharge    Cassette       60   Timer set 0000   Available  Operable  0000   Av
162. f P C  board  etc  follow to the methods below     Method 1   Set up an address individually from a wired remote controller     Line address  Indoor address  Group address  Central address    For the setup method  refer to the above    Manual address setup from remote controller        Method 2  Set up an address from the outdoor unit       Leave the address of the unit of which address has been already set up as is   Set up an address only to the unit of which address is undefined     The addresses are allocated from the low number     Setup procedure  Arrange the outdoor units in the refrigerant line to which indoor units are added   Figure below   1  Remove the relay connector between  U1U2  and  U3U4    2  Turn on SW30 2 on the interface PC  board at outdoor unit side if it is OFF     Turn off the power  and then execute the operation     Central control    device       Outdoor unit i Outdoor unit   Outdoor unit       AY    orm     Remote Remote Remote   Remote  controller  eontrollery controller i controller    Added indoor unit    3  Turn on the indoor outdoor power of which address is to be set up  After approx  1 minute  check that   U 1          is displayed on 7 segment display   4  Execute the following operation on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     SWO01   SW02   SWO03 SWO04  2 14 2 After checking that     in Ae      is displayed on 7 segment  display  and then push SW04 for 5 seconds or more      AUTO1   gt   AUTO2   gt   AUTOS   gt           AUTO 
163. fan operating or timer      Is the system initially communicating   Heating operation cannot be performed under the condition that the outside  temperature is 21  C or higher   Cooling operation cannot be performed under the condition that the outside  temperature is    5  C or lower     Indoor fan does not work    Is cold draft prevention control operating at heating mode     3   Outdoor fan does not rotate  or     Is itin low ambient cooling control   fan speed changes    Is a defrost operation being performed   Indoor fan does not stop    Is the fan operating to remove residual heat after heating operation     5   Start stop operation on remote     Is an auxiliary unit or remote controller being operated   controller is unavailable     ET None   Are the wire connections on the indoor units and remote controllers correct     2  Troubleshooting procedure  When a fault has occurred  follow the procedure detailed below        Check the check display Ch Ge      eck position or part in  Trouble on the interface P C  board When arable BOUT ed     of the outdoor unit        NOTE  A malfunction of the microprocessor may be caused by power supply inconsistencies and external  noise  If there are any noise sources  move remote controller and signal wires away from the noise  sources or shield them     110    1st revised   Jun  2006  2nd revised   Sep  2006       10 2  Check Method    If an trouble occurs  the error code can be retrieved from the main remote controller central remote 
164. g test  operation    Changes the mode of all the connected indoor  units collectively to heating test operation     Note  Control operation same as test  operation for remote controller     Starts all the connected indoor units collec   tively     Note  The contents follow the setup of remote  controller     Batch start    Batch stop Stops all the connected indoor units collec     tively     Starts the specified indoor unit      Setup    Push SWOA for 2 seconds or more  with SW01   2     SW02 5   SWO3 1     Release    Return SW01  SW02  SWO3 to    1         Setup    Push SW04 for 2 seconds or more  with SW01   2     SW02   6     SWO3 1     Release    Return SW01  SW02  SWO3 to    1         Setup    Push SW04 for 2 seconds or more  with SW01   2     SW02   7     SWO3 1     Release    Return SW01  SW02  SWO3 to    1         Setup   Push SWO5 for 2 seconds or more  with SW01   2     SW02   7     SWO3 1       Release   Return SW01  SW02  SWOS to    1         Setup     Push SWOA for 2 seconds or more set  SWO1    16    and set SW02 and SW03  to address No   1 to 64  to be started      Release   Return SW01  SW02  SWOS to    1        Notes     Control operation same as test     The other indoor units keep existing status     Stops the specified indoor unit     Note  The other indoor units keep existing  status      Setup    Push SWO5 for 2 seconds or more set  SWO01    16    and set SW02 and SWO3  to address No   1 to 64  to be stopped    Release    Return SW01  SW02  SWOS3 to    1
165. gment display      W01   SW02   SW03 Display contents        3   1   16  The latest check code of the outdoor unit 1  UT     B   segment display A  B PEL LN EN C LONE B  D600 D601 D602 D603 D604    10 7  Sensor Characteristics  10 7 1  Outdoor Unit    B Temperature sensor  characteristics    Characteristic 3    Outdoor TS1  TS2  TO  TL sensors       40    Resistance  kQ     0   10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70  Temperature    C     Characteristic 4    200 Outdoor TD1 sensor 10    Resistance  kQ   Resistance  kQ    65  C or higher        10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 H  Temperature    C        Characteristic 5    Outdoor TE1 sensor 57    o  Resistance  kQ    10 C or higher     Resistance  kQ   10  C or lower     I  I  I  I  0    0   30  20  10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100    Temperature    C     150    1st revised   Jun  2006       B Pressure sensor characteristics  e   O cable connection table     31     OUR   Wi                                   om    Whe   sv   Re              3S       Red     Output voltage     Pressure    0 5 to 3 9 V DC 0 5 to 3 5 V DC  0 to 3 33 MPa 0 to 0 98 MPa          Output at high pressure side  V   Output at low pressure side  V        0 3 33 441 5 1  Pressure  MPa  Pressure  MPa     10 7 2  Indoor Unit    B Temperature sensor characteristics        Characteristic  1    20  Indoor TA sensor    200    Indoor TC1  TC2  TCJ sensors          o Characteristic 2  9  15 O 150 15  m O      x   zo  9 E 22  2 10 ZS 100 10 27  5 T Un    z BO
166. h box  card lock  etc  the forgotten OFF of the indoor unit can be protected     When inserting a card  start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed       When taking out a card  the system stops if the indoor unit is operating and start stop operation from the  remote controller is forbidden      1  Control items    1  Outside contact ON   The start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed    Status that card is inserted in the card switch box     2  Outside contact OFF   If the indoor unit is operating  it is stopped forcedly    Start Stop prohibited to remote controller    Status that card is taken out from the card switch box       When the card switch box does not perform the above contact operation  convert it using a relay with b  contact      2  Operation    Handle the wired remote controller switch in the following procedure     Use the wired remote controller switch during stop of the system     7 Push concurrently G   C5   A buttons for 4 seconds or more     2 Using the setup temp CY or CA  button  specify the item code c7     WWA  f    3 Using the timer time    or      button  set       to the setup data     d Push eo button     5 Push a button   The status returns to the usual stop status       3  Wiring Relay  procured locally  REESEN        In the figure  the contact indicates  a status that the card is taken out         Indoor control P C  board    Power supply 77777777777     Outside contact  Card switch box  etc  Procured locally   
167. hat the network  adaptor is installed when 2 remote  controllers are connected   maximum 7 units are connectable      2 The network adaptor is installed to only  one unit      3 The weekly timer cannot be connected  to the simple wired remote controller     ed  A  Pulipue s 10014     Sd    pajes9u0  Duipuels 100       ed  L 1euiqe5 Buipue s 10014   ed    dunssdaig 91181S YIH nq pajes9uos         sa119S 1  ed  L onesse  9B1ey9sIg sly   em      Sd    91195SE  oDujeuosiq sry Aem z     4 Nome for concealed duct   Floor standing cabinet  Floor standing concealed     5 Nome for concealed duct   Floor standing cabinet  Floor standing concealed  Floor standing     6 Nome for 1 way discharge  cassette YH type     Power      supply      Outdoor  unit    9S        Central control   X     Option  Y   In case of Al NETWORK     remote controller                 Indoor unit PO O ee   1 A El b  B  3 A   B                                               B  l H2 A  Network adaptor  Option      Wireless remote  mM al controller kit  Network Indoor control P C  board  MCC 1402  Z y y Sensor P C  board  adaptor Remote id  Il Remote EEPROM Remote  PC board LE Zo SE   MCC 1401  circuit communication  circui          communication Emergent  circuit operation  circult SW     Buzzer   lt     Function  setup SW     TCJ sensor   sensor CIE  3  Float input    None for  Concealed Duct                     AFNET  ET CPU   communication l      8 3687  I Cul          DC5V  Power    circuit    Transformer    CPU
168. he outdoor fan 25 C  Heating operation  speed of the master unit is controlled using the detected stops   Pd pressure value      2  Fan control in all heating operation    1  The outdoor fan speed mode is determined by the  detected TE sensor value     2  If a TE value  gt  25  C has been continuously detected for 5  minutes  the operation may stop     3  After start up  this control is not available during the  specified time after a defrost operation     4  This operation may start and stop repeatedly when the  system is undercharged      3  Fan control for mainly cooling  part heating operation    he maximum fan    The outdoor fan speed  mode  is controlled according to the speed differs depend   target of the Pd  Discharge pressure   ing on the outdoor HP     Capacity control  1  The capacity request command received from the indoor Min  frequency  26Hz  controller determines the inverter frequency control of the  outdoor unit     Refrigerant Oil  1  During cooling operation  this function is executed to  recovery control regularly to recover the refrigerant oil from the indoor units  and connecting pipe work back to the outdoor unit   This function is also performed to prevent stagnated refriger   ant accumulating in the outdoor heat exchanger during low  ambient cooling     1  Control conditions Control for refrigerant     Cooling oil recovery operation is executed approximately oil recovery is per   every 3 hours  formed approximately  2  Contents of control every 3 ho
169. he pipe and tools which are  specified for R410A     3  In the installation time  use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do  not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water  oxide scales  oil  etc   Use the clean pipes     Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas   Never use gas other than nitrogen gas    4  For the earth protection  use a vacuum pump for air purge     5  R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant  Therefore use liquid type to charge the refriger   ant   If using gas for charging  composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air  conditioner change      3  Pipe Materials    For the refrigerant pipes  copper pipe and joints are mainly used  It is necessary to select the most appropri   ate pipes to conform to the standard  Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a  minimum     1  Copper pipe     lt Piping gt   The pipe thickness  flare finishing size  flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type     When using a long copper pipe for R410A  it is recommended to select    Copper or copper base pipe without  seam    and one with bonded oil amount 40mg 10m or less  Also do not use crushed  deformed  discolored     especially inside  pipes   Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes       lt Flare nut gt   Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit        2  Joint    The
170. herwise a serious  accident such as breakage or injury is caused        After repair work  surely assemble the disassembled parts  and connect and lead the  removed cables as before  Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not  catch the inner cables    If incorrect assembly or incorrect cable connection was done  a disaster such as a leak or  fire is caused at user s side      N WARNING       Insulator check    Ventilation    AN    Be attentive to  electric shock    Compulsion    Check after rerair    Check after reinstallation    Put on gloves    Cooling check    After the work has finished  be sure to use an insulation tester set  500V mugger  to  check the resistance is 2MQ or more between the charge section and the non charge  metal section  Earth position      If the resistance value is low  a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user s  side     When the refrigerant gas leaks during work  execute ventilation    If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire  poisonous gas generates  A case of leakage of the  refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen  occurs  Be sure to execute ventilation         When checking the circuit inevitably under condition of the power ON  use rubber  gloves and others not to touch to the charging section     If touching to the charging section  an electric shock may be caused     When the refrigerant gas leaks  find up the leaked position and repair it surely     If the leak
171. how all the electric cables   For details  refer to the installation manuals for outdoor unit  indoor unit  remote controller  or optional devices     2  In case that a central control system is connected  Before address setup      55  Central control units    Other refrigerant     3   3  system    Other refrigerant system    Outdoor unit       e    Over current breaker  fuse  e  Earth leakage breaker T O    Power supply    I MH                Indoor unit  4     A B      Remote  Earth leakage breaker controller    Power supply    T   a e ES      A B    A B         Main check items    Are indoor and outdoor communication lines of the outdoor unit connected to U1 U2  terminals     Is the relay connector between U1 U2 terminal and U3 U4 terminal removed    Set up at shipment from the factory   Before address setup  remove the relay connector      Is the communication line of the central control system connected to the outdoor unit   a U3 U4 terminals of each refrigerant line    The communication line of the central control system may be connected to the communi   cation lines of the indoor outdoor communication lines      Is the terminal resistance  SW30 2  on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit turned on    Set up at shipment from the factory     After address setup  turn off SW30 2 of the outdoor unit except the smallest unit after  check of trial operation      Is the end terminal of the shield cable grounded     When the refrigerant line and the central control syst
172. ie  S ISP A MCC 1403 a  OO ee  GRN  42d PNL  907 E REES 9   3X3  T5 0A 250V     I   A ZA A     d ei  E CN073 T1   I  1   pol    CN070 AU         E o Color  1   Y e e e  I   Power supply cnos1 AR indication      circuit  BLK  2 RED   RED     I CNO75  CN061 CN032 CNO60  gt   a     WERE  WHI   YEL   WHI   WHI  yo WHI   WHITE  c l H    T am  A qe am NI   M   M   M   NIA Ne NI Le Ort NI    Ne NIA E  ra M   i ra NI d 2  8 DE TTT TTT YEL   YELLOW       1 T2 34 T6  Fan Option BLU  BLUE  I drive    TEL edt BLK  BLACK  l pa   o  BENT Network adaptor qase  VEL  GRY   GRAY  i I oo  Option   7 Lu ds IN IN Lu A  be ebe vn dl A e en de  S         Sub P C  board PNK   PINK  MCC 1520 A  Flow selector A ORN   ORANGE  GE Yes  41516  ono BRW   BROWN  CRIS14516   WHI  GRN   GREEN  EE   Indoor unit S  earth screw d J O A ll RW    Q connector UUUUUDUUUUUUU  ee Parts name        NN INS  Power supply  single phase  220 240V 50Hz  220V 60Hz      Symbol  Running capacitor    Indoor temp sensor   1    indicates the terminal block  letter  TC1 TC2 TCJ  Letter at inside indicates the terminal number  RY001 Louver control relay   2  A dotted line and broken line indicate RY002 Drain control relay  the wiring at side  RY005 007 Fan motor control relay   3  indicates the control P C  board  Pulse motor valve       I  POIN    ed    Buipuels 10014  Lt L       HI9S0dV  Hi8rOdV  HL9E0dV  HEZe0dV  HireOdV  HL8LOdV  HESLOdV 31NTN    0       Non Drain pump type    SH  Type     T                  6  Lal T9 ZA  1X2  
173. ilter is provided in the air inlet grille      MMK AP0072H to AP0122H    Air inlet grille  Air in the room is sucked from here        Change the direction of the air to be  discharged according to cool heat mode        Air outlet Air outlet louver    Change the direction of the air to be  discharged according to cool heat mode        Air filter    Removes dust and trash      Air filter is provided in the air inlet grille   EA sclewerale provided e este    parts box      Floor Standing Cabinet Type     Air outlet Air outlet louver    Exchanges the air direction according to  cooling or heating time     Earth screw  It is prepared in the electric parts box     Air filter   Removes dirt or dust     It is included in the suction port   Air inlet port   Sucks air inside of the room from here      Floor Standing Concealed Type     Air outlet port    Earth screw  It is prepared in the electric parts box           Air inlet port  Sucks air inside of the room from here        Air filter    Removes dirt or dust    It is included in the suction port         Front panel  Lower side                                     Fixing metal holder     Floor Standing Type          Horizontal louver Air outlet port                               22 e   Exchanges the air direction according O    Vertical louver    The air can be automatically discharged  rightward leftward at stated periods        to cooling or heating time     Air inlet port  Sucks air inside of the room from here     Air filter  Remo
174. in cooling or heating operation  the lowest position and then push the Ets  The characteristics of air are such that cold air will accumulate in the lower half of the room  while hot air will Cr  button again          AA Urna    SWING _    is displayed and the air flow E  direction will automatically change either  A CAUTION upwards downwards   Set the louver horizontally in cooling operation  Ge ee  m  If a cooling operation is performed with a downwards discharge  the surface of the discharge port or can be Se and its air flow direction can  louver will become wet with dew  and water may drip down  be adjusted   SEN In FAN operation In all modes  REQUIREMENT How to stop the louver from swinging    If a heating operation is performed with a horizontal discharge  unevenness the room temperature may 3 Push the button again while the P     not be equal i e  there may be a large variance between one side of the room with the other  horizontal louver is moving  Kee    The horizontal louver can be stopped at any operation       position desired  If you wish to return the    EX louver to it original upwards position  press the  4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type SUNSEX button again     e When the air conditioner is not in operation  the dis    During the cooling drying operation the  charge louver will automatically directs downwards  horizontal louver will not stop at its most  downwards facing position 9  reduce the risk  of water dripping   but will instead move to  the 3rd posit
175. indicate the wiring at side   2  E indicates the control P C  board        FAN  IREDIBLK JORNIBLUIYEL TVA  cnos3  ox DI Tel GI DO cross D 1 9   GC        W    Color  indication  RED   RED  WHI   WHITE  YEL   YELLOW  BLU   BLUE  BLK   BLACK  GRY   GRAY  PNK   PINK  ORN   ORANGE  BRW   BROWN  GRN   GREEN           BLU   1Y 13   4 iY                00909l  C j9eogo    A 434 CNO33 0009080009090  CSL  GRN  0008900000             E    Ny   P     i    E    J    Control P C  board  for undoor unit  MCC 1403     AE  OS NE RE   kb  S O  NO    m  x   9   4    Filter             CNO081   BLK     Power supply  circuit  Jl le CNo75 CN061 CN032 CNO60     YEL   WHI   WHI        NAN ALAN ANA NAA NANA NAA A AAA Nd ME VLA  a pD D     WHI     090000  es1 618 008  LULSASAA A6    41516  Fan Option  RRE drive    Sub P C  board  MCC 1520      Symbol Partsnmame    FPM Fanmotor       RC   Running capacitor    TR       Transformer _ 0  Ta   Indoortempsensor         JSPOW    Ha8Ltzodv  H41L8L0dV    HEISLOdV  HatLerodv    HE L600dV  HarzoodV TININ    ed    pojee2uo   Hulpuels 10014  OL L C    6c                                 Ge hd ERC  EE un   OO PAO i   y  HR ES  CT IDO   amp r  NIA 000000  BRW pod FAN T YEL Se SE dE  DO T X3 cNoss KY Y3 cNoso Ke cnos2  LORN  DIS   RED  GAISMAS   BLU   vy TA  CN104 DD  pao  veu E ee   BLK  pes CN102   gt    RED    T2127 Am  Ome CN101 00  JS   BLK  ALLY  pen ouo FEY 29  mu DO Control P C  board BRW  A d  4 Car  l SHA O 7     Cem Lem WN    FL ve for Indoor unit  3X3   n
176. ing indoor fan is  turned on   Operation while the air conditioner stops     TEST       Push   5    amp  buttons simultaneously for  4 seconds or more             Unit No  ALL is displayed     The fans of all the indoor units in a group  control are turned on     2 Every pushing    button  the indoor unit  numbers in the group control are succes   sively displayed      The firstly displayed unit No  indicates the  address of the header unit      Only fan of the selected indoor unit is turned  on  Operation procedure    1 2 3 End                         N Z   ch    3 Push S button to finish the procedure   All the indoor units in group control stop       To confirm all the unit numbers from an arbitrary wired remote controller    lt Procedure gt   Operation while the air conditioner stops   The indoor unit No  and position in the same refrigerant line can be confirmed   An outdoor unit is selected  the indoor unit numbers in the same refrigerant line are successively displayed   and then its indoor unit fan is turned on     TEST       Push the timer time et    buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more     Firstly  the line 1  item code AZ  Address Change  is displayed   Select outdoor unit      2 Using 5   25 buttons  select the line  Bddiess          3 Using a button  determine the selected line  address     The indoor unit address  which is connected to the  refrigerant pipe of the selected outdoor unit is dis   played and the fan is turned on           4 Every pushing  5
177. inly     NO  Is the PMV of    PMV Kit    normal  Is connection or coil normal  Repair faulty parts   YES    YES YES  Refrigerant shortage or Is there clogging of the valve  Replace PMV body   clogging or pipe deformed m    NO  Check indoor I F P C  board     NO TRUE Failure     Replace  Is compressor normal   Note 2  Compressor error  B  Heating    Mes  Note 2  Check the following items mainly  i Is outdoor fan operating NO Is de fan SE normal NO T Check outdoor I F P C  board   1  Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation or when starting normally in heating season  Sr Failure  gt  Replace  O    Connection    YES    Is not refrigerant bypassed  from discharge to suction     Check piping        3  Current of compressor during operation or starting  No rapid current change  YES    i i l e Fan     2  Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop  Do not touch   SC an loose  idi Is th logging of     s there clogging o   outdoor heat exchanger    NO   Failure     Replace   YES    YES  Refrigerant shortage   After checkin          g there is no slogging or pipe breakage  charge refrigerant again   amamos  clogging  pipe breakage clogging or pipe delormied    YES Repair faulty parts     Is flow selector unit normal  Check flow selector unit     Repair faulty parts        Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation        L04     96  Duplicated setup of outdoor line address   Outdoor line addresses are du
178. ion from the top  as shown in the    e When the air conditioner is in ready status for heating   the discharge louver will be directed upwards     Fan Heat Cool Dry       The swinging operation will begin after heating ready figure   operator BEE  status has been cleared  Please note the    SWING _      ne  symbol will still be displayed on the remote controller 4        even when the unit status is ready to begin the heat       To set up the air flow direction individually   ing operation     push the   gt  button to display each indoor    unit No  in a group control  You can then set the No display     Unit No  1 1    Unit No  1 2  air flow direction for the displayed indoor unit     e If there is no display  all the indoor units can be Unit No  1 4  lt   Unit No  1 3    operated collectively       F or every push of the     button  the display  will alter between units as shown in the figure      In Cooling operation   Use the discharge louver with a horizontal set point      In Heating operation  For Heat pump model only    Use the discharge louver with a downwards set point        eb    Based on the shape or arrangement of the room  the cold air and hot air can be discharged in two directions  or three directions  F or details  please contact your local dealer     INFORMATION       f cooling operation is performed with a downwards discharge  dew may form on the surface of the  cabinet or the horizontal louver resulting in dripping     e  f heating operation is performed 
179. ipe  Liquid side         Living space     Indoor unit   p  Refrigerant noise is small     Indoor unit    Connect PMV Kit between refrigerant pipe of indoor unit     Connect control cable of PMV Kit to co  P C  board of indoor unit  then PMV Kit  controlled by indoor unit side    But  before connecting PMV Kit to   P C  board of indoor unit  PMV of  indoor unit should be fully opened     ntrol  IS  Binding band M    Binding band L               Binding band M    Binding band M  Binding band L  Binding band M    Refrigerant pipe   Gas side     Refrigerant pipe   Liquid side     Heat insulating pipe    Refrigerant pipe   Liquid side     79       1st revised   Jun  2006    8 3  Effect of Connecting PMV Kit without Fully Opening of  Indoor Unit PMV    Effect of miss installation which PMV of indoor unit was not fully opened  1500 pulse  are as follows   Following symptom occurred  PMV of indoor unit should be fully opened   1  Cooling operation  1  Even though command of PMV is fully open  1500 pulse   actual SH is larger than aim SH   2  Even though command of PMV is fully open  1500 pulse   cool air does not discharge   3  Ps is abnormally low  or outdoor unit stops by Ps protection   2  Heating operation  1  Even though command of PMV is fully open  1500 pulse   actual UC is larger than aim UC   2  Even though command of PMV is fully open  1500 pulse   hot air does not discharge   3  Pd is abnormally high  or outdoor unit stops by Pd protection     8 4  How to Fully Open PMV of
180. ire         1   2   D es   1   2   IN esl A    TC1   ty    TC2  AN    2 e i     1 f3 CN100   1 Y2 3   BRN     FS CN104 CN102 CN101   CN030  YEL   RED   BLK    CNO80    RED   GRN PNL  CNO73   RED  EXCT  CNO70     WHI  Filter    CNO081   BLK     W N  o   W N  OY   o  7d ze    W    W  ZA  N   ZIN  W    N  nolako  akeko 23 RE  INI  EN  N el ZN ZN JN AS A IN ZN ZN ZN AN zl IN el el IN el el IN ZN el el    ER  CN082 OROOE   BLU  059209  CNO60 21 14141   WHI   1     6X6     N    D  01213141516  1218141516  112  0218141516   SAS ASAS ZINN e NOA AA RNA AAN ANAYA Y    Fan drive    Option           SC  RY005 007    Fan motor control relay  Drain pump motor  Float switch       I  POIN    HL8bOdV  HL9   0dV    HLZZOdY    HLPZO0dV    HL8SLOdY AININ      d  L ounssaJg 91181S UBIH  ONG p  je  suoy    9 L Z        RED               vd    41213141516   DONA A AN ADS    200 240V 50Hz    Coe eee So ee ee ee    Z    O    Sz  I    Lei      MUI  Y N  N  D    1  Qindicates the terminal block  letter at inside  indicates the terminal number      2  A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site    3  indicates the control P C  board     E u       Adaptor for wireless  remote controller     n p  a A  ES   NA   I      13  CN34     1Y2Y3   RED   CN104 4 1 1    VEL  Povo am     Lem Leg TA  CN102 XN   RED  PY emo   Lem Leg TCJ  Indoor control P C  board CN101 00 gu   BLK   T21 2    ewo  DC20V Tus  SDCI2V ous K  i    oDC7V  BRW  oe AND  SIS   mc  CN80 Fa   GRN  ST  CN73 AL  RED  ies  CN70 FILTER
181. ithin 1 m from a TV   stereo  or radio set  If the unit is installed in  such places  noise transmitted from the air conditioner may effect the operation of these appliances       Do not install the air conditioner near a high frequency appliance  sewing machine or massager for business  use  etc    as the air conditioner may malfunction       Do not install the air conditioner in a humid or oily place  or in a place where steam  soot  or corrosive gas may  be generated      Do not install the air conditioner in a salty place such as a Seaside area      Do not install the air conditioner in a place where a great deal of machine oil is used      Do not install the air conditioner in a place where it is usually exposed to strong winds such as in a seaside area  or on the roof   upper floor of a building      Do not install the air conditioner in a place where sulfureous gas may be generated such as in a spa      Do not install the air conditioner in a vessel or mobile crane     Be careful with noise or vibrations     Do not install the air conditioner in a place where the noise or the hot air created by the outdoor unit will come   into contact with your neighbours    Install the air conditioner on a solid and stable foundation as this will reduce the transmission of noise and   vibration that is produced from the outdoor unit    e If one indoor unit is operating  some sound may be audible from other indoor units that are connected within the  same system  even when not in oper
182. k code name Cause of operation     P29     16  Compressor position 1  Wire connection error      TCC L   AI NET  detective circuit error 2  Compressor error  3  IPDU P C  board error    Are the connectors and wiring NO Check and correct circuit and  to the compressor normal  Wires  i e  to the compressor  etc     YES  NO  ai YES  EE  NO    YES  Is the winding open circuit  Compressor error  gt  Replace    NO    Check IPDU P C  board   Failure  gt  Replace    Check code Check code name Cause of operation        P31     47  Other indoor error Other indoor unit in the group has a error    TCC L   Al NET   Group follower unit error     When the header unit of the group detects  E03  L03  LO7  L08 error   the follower unit s  in the group display  P31   error and stop  There are no check code displays or alarm record on the main remote controller     Check code Check code name Cause of operation           97  Al NET communication line error   AI NET communication line error   TCC L   AI NET   NO  Are AI NET X and Y SPEC   YES    Are connections of CNO1   CNO2  and CNO3 connectors  on network adaptor P C  board   MCC 1401  and CN309  and CN41 connectors on  indoor P C  board normal                    NO  Correct connection of connectors     YES    Are remote controller Check connection of A  B terminal     Correct communication line of remote controller        communication lines   A  B  normal        YE    S   Is there no connection error YES  on the power line    NO  i YES   NO  
183. l    IPDU PC  board error    NO  Is power voltage of  oitdoor unit normal   1 Correct power line    1 220     240V   10   YES  Is wiring or connector connection NO Correct connector connection  on IPDU P C  board normal  or wiring     YES    YES  Is not it an abnormal overload  Correct cause of overload     NO            Is there no refrigerant stagnation YES    in compressor shell     Correct refrigerant stagnation  in compressor shell        Is case heater output normal        NO  NO    Check case heater   NO  Is compressor normal   2 Compressor error    YES    Operation starts      2 Check the following items mainly   1  Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation or starting  Check IPDU PC  board  2  Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop time  Never touch with hands    3  Current of compressor lead during operation or starting time   No varied change of current  change     3 If OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR  check whether the wiring to the  current sensor  T02  of Comp IPDU is correct or not     Check code Check code name Cause of operation        H03     17  Current detective 1  Cabling or connector connection error on IPDU P C  board   TCC L   AI NET  circuit system error  2  IPDU PC  board error    Correct connector connection or cabling   Check IPDU P C  board     Wiring or connector connection  on IPDU PC  board normal     YES       m   2                d   D  Q     900 lt     unt       SEL    Check code Check code n
184. l   energy conservation by curtailing heat and carrying  power etc    Most importantly  the multi air conditioner system is able  to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared with  conventional individual air conditioners  If a single unit of  the multi conditioner system is to be installed in a small  room  select a suitable model and installation procedure  so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out  its  concentration does not reach the limit  and in the event  of an emergency  measures can be made before injury  can occur     In a room where the concentration may exceed the limit   create an opening with adjacent rooms  or install  mechanical ventilation combined with a gas leak  detection device    The concentration is as given below     Total amount of refrigerant  kg   Min  volume of the indoor unit installed room  m     lt  Concentration limit  kg m      The concentration limit of R410A which is used in multi  air conditioners is 0 3kg mY     NOTE 1     If there are 2 or more refrigerating systems in a single  refrigerating device  the amounts of refrigerant should  be as charged in each independent device     Outdoor unit       e g   charged  e g    charged amount  15kg     amount  10kg  00  ES e  ES En  E  Room A   Room B   Room C   Room D   Room      Indoor unit             For the amount of charge in this example   The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in  rooms A  B and C is 10kg   The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in  rooms D  E
185. lace P C  board according to auxiliary code     SEL             Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation     P03     1E  Discharge temp TD1 error   Service valve of outdoor unit closed    TCC L   AI NET    Outdoor PMV1 error    TD sensor error  Refrigerant short  clogging in pipe     L30     b6  Interlock in indoor unit Outside error was input    TCC L   AI NET  from outside    Is outside device Connected NO Check indoor P C  board    4 way valve error  to connector CN80  Failure  gt  Replace   SV4 circuit leakage  misinstallation    YES   SV5 circuit leakage    SV6 circuit clogging    NO     f Discharge gas Suction gas pipes mi piping      Check outside device  S       Does outside device correctly operate  Failure  gt  Replace 0  Flow selector unit error    YES                    Are packed valves of NO  Check cause of the operation  outdoor gas and liquid pipe fully opened  Open packed valves fully   YES  Are outdoor PMV1 normal   1  Connector connection NO  Check code Check code name Cause of operation Ang Repair outdoor PMV     Coi   l  4 Valve itself Connector CN300  5  Outdoor P C  board     L31        Extended IC error 1  Outdoor unit power error   TCC L   AI NET  2  Outdoor I F P C  board error    YES    Are there any faults with the Check power voltage and line   outdoor unit power supply  Check auxiliaty noise  etc   NO    Check outdoor I F P C  board     sensor characteristics 4     YES  NO  Is there any refrigera
186. ler resets initialized    All data is cleared         2  Reading of CHECK monitor display    7 segment display  III 7L IT aL IIA IT 1 CC Hexadecimal  hil JD A tC IhLt tht 1  O O UTC notation  0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11  12 13 14 15 Decimal notation    Display on CHECK monitor  Unit line No   Network address No      eli ZONE Lii HH ON CENTER AUX TYPE I   STANDBY  SET ALL Hn UNIT ULI OFF LOCKED AMD   FILTER    123456 7 8 910111213141516        GI D jl  Ke    Check code detected at first  Example     There is no check data   Check code detected at last    PP  CHECK data fr     Example    In No 1 unit  first the interconnection wire  bus communication line  of indoor outdoor has failed   Next  the room temp  sensor is defective    For No 16 unit  the high pressure switch at the inverter unit side              mmm ser       SLI    10 4  Check Code and Check Position Displayed on the Remote Controller and Outdoor Unit   7 Segment Display of Interface     Check code       Outdoor 7 segment display ALNET Gerten Check code name Error detection condition Check item  position     remote central control  controller   Check code   Auxiliary code    emote controller    o    Wired              Remote  Communication error between Corresponding   Communication interrupted    Check remote controller inter unit cable  A B    controller   indoor and remote controller unit only stops    between indoor P C  board   Check disconnection  connector contact error    Detected at remote controller side  
187. n  2006  eh    Compressor   12  Adjustment of oil amount in the service compressor   Continued       Adjust the oil amount in the service compressor based on the amount of oil found in  the defective compressor by following instructions below      1  If the amount of oil in the defective compressor is  Occ  lt     A     lt  1000cc   e Adjust the amount of oil in the service compressor to 1000 cc   Extract the oil of 900 cc from the discharge pipe of the service compressor   Note   Do not extract more than 900 cc as a  compressor fault may be caused    2  If the amount of oil in the defective compressor is  1000cc     A     1900cc   e Adjust the amount of oil in the service compressor to  A  cc   Extract  1900        A     cc of oil from the discharge pipe of the service compressor       Assembling   Assembling by contrary procedure of above 10  1      Ah CAUTION    Faston terminals of comp lead wires become loose at taking off works   So  tighten by pliers and reconnect  then confirm terminals without looseness     Black   Comp IPDU  CN11     Equip photograph reference with the up soundproof cover at a compressor so that dew  condensation water does not wet a compressor terminal   The water which dewed to piping may trickle into a comp terminal        e After completion of the repair work  perform vacuuming of the outdoor unit using the  following procedure      Procedure     Short CN30 on the interface P C  board on the outdoor unit for which the repair work has  been comple
188. n  DEI rel A  I I I Dor od  d gd Ne     WHI   YEL   WHI  GRN   TA  CN1 WHI   Power Supply S III nd indication parts LE AAA AP B7 ARP AP E AL AB PLA 4  Single phase BEEN  MCC 861  00 1890900 GRLMA URK  Wierd temoto  220 240V 50H i DASS AJO  i controller  220V G0     Sold separately  SSES   Option ANNE  Sold separately        I9poIN    HZcLOdV  He600dV  HeZ00dV MININ    Z6    e     EISE   614138011215     ZA A ZA ZIN ZIN A  ZIN ZIN ZI    d m O   0009  s a i FAN Y RED NY W W N  W NY YEL Y ae AUN NI Ro Y W NY NI  gt   nudoeoeoeoeo CNO68 es IN  en NOS Ven cnos2     LIA 434 CNO3O  wen  SY 373 251 131 10  BLU  GAN pr EL TL  RED   LV Y Y LV             Lei W NI TA  CN104 OI  P301  YEL  A am   BLK  Le Wei NI  CN102 OO qua   RED  42X2   Ao CN101 HHA ite   3X3   BLK  A223 ep  AMT  CN304  me n doa oui KIRTEN    SAL Control P C  board  BRN  ee 1  Nw      o  YEL  for Indoor unit      MASSA MCC 1403 C  OSO 2   Y  NY  WHI  S18 CNO73    CNO067 RED  Poy EXCT   BLK   RED  42   CN070 41      GH  WHI  e Filter   212     Power supply CNO81             D ZA ZO ZO ZA e                 Color  CN040 CNo75  CNO06  CN032 CNO60 indication   BLU  JJ J Town  YEL   WHI   WHI  RED   RED  C12 3I 4T 5X6  T10 Fan Option YEL   YELLOW  drive BLU  BLUE  eee eege CNO2 BLK  BLACK  E NN Network adapter  YEL  GRY   GRAY  bn c e LA  Option  PNK   PINK     AR ORN   ORANGE  Flow selector  3  Lo BRW   BROWN  unit earth 1 j area da feel CNO  GRN   GREEN  fio ET j AA SN    Parts name    RED    Closed end     Ke le Vp    Ge 
189. n S e D600 D601 D602 D603 D604 CN100 CNO02 NNN  i E  2   BLK   BLK  Fan IPDU P C  Board ODO        SWO1 SW02 SWO3 MCC 1531 ute  d Gei RY517 aao  CN302 CN300 Pae  Accu heater FEI iy E  WHI   WHI  BE    095  Lon lee Te       ovo  oe   WHI   ke       cn317 DE 13   cNao5 HI 451 131 DI   CN400 0000    MOS   RED  CX A ASK DI  WHO  UXX 44  E    Symbol ES En  terno  Lb I cnos  Pulse motor valve D 99 pra a IS   SV2  SV41  SV51   2 way valve coil 98 MCC 1551  00  4WV1 4 way valve coil RED  Comp  thermo  Compressor case thermo   Pipe temp  sensor  Suction    Di   Pipe temp  sensor  Discharge   TE sd Heat exchange temp  sensor       Color  indication             N   gt   Q                Qo   D  o        mp     Arempsemo    Notes  RED RED  000 5  PTL  Liquid tame  sensor       1    The two dot chain Ine indicates wiring at the local ste  EMT 080 ER sun Y  and the dashed line indicates accessories sold separately BLU   BLUE Ke  and service cables  respectively  BLK   BLACK i  gt    2  O  O  and LI indicate the terminal blocks and the numerals Ge e Power supply N  indicate the terminal numbers  ORN ORANGE ii e   PD       Highpressuresensor   a ZZ indicates P C  board  E e    GRN   GREEN       HP SW High pressure switch 4  This relay connector is not connected at shipment from the factory        1st revised   Jun  2006    2 3  Connection of PMV Kit  Model  RBM PMV0361E  RBM PMV0901E    Indoor unit Pulse motor valve  PMV    Indoor unit side     Connection cable    PMV Kit       CN82 connecto
190. n shown in Fig  1 is removed and an upper right hook is slipped  an interface board  will open     2  Place this P C  board by using the support of the electric component box   There are four installation holes to place the support of the electric component box      Fig 1      Electric component box            Screw y c de ESTA   Hook part          EQ ON EN Interface P C  board  verc C A     S MENS  KS o oes ka   m  en LSK  NA  EN E   Fig 2   Fig 3     m Ei Li   Uh DS   WEAR  N x ee pue oe Optional P C  board  Sa   E   i S  i   Up to a total of two boards          B PCDM eft side  DI Ad m  hi d TCB PCIN2E  right side   ti Ki TCB PCMOZE  both side   Tires ge    d SG  i       Y    7 2 3  Wiring    1  Refer to the    Electric wiring diagram    when  wiring                          2  Be sure to use the shield wire to prevent noise  trouble  and perform the grounding at both sides  of shield wires     3  Fix the output wiring with the wire clamp    Wire clamp is accessory of optional P C  board      In  Electric     LZ component box    Grounding   screw is accessory                                         Wire clamp   accessory        Output wiring    72    7 2 4  Power Peak cut Control    B Feature    The upper limit capacity and running current of the outdoor unit is restricted based on the demand request  signal from outside     B Normal current    Outdoor unit capacity type MCY 0401 type MCY 0501 type MCY 0601 type    B Function   Electric wiring diagram    Two type control c
191. n the air filter  pull the air filter downwards while  pushing it towards the main unit side     Model   2H series      Open the air inlet grille   Lift the air inlet grille up to the horizontal position       Take hold of the left and right handles of the air filter and lift it up  slightly  then pull downwards to take it out from the filter holder        EY     Push the air filter        Filter holder    Floor Standing Cabinet Type      Gently push down on the upper part of the suction port  and then  pull towards you to remove it       Take out the air filter inside of the suction port        Floor Standing Concealed Type      Push down hook of the air filter on the front panel  Lower side      Pull the air filter towards you to remove it     Front panel AU  Floor Standing Type KEEN  g  yp Air filter knob Sa  Removal   Attachment of air filter      Pull the air filter towards you     To attach the air filter  insert it into the main body and push it in          When cleaning the air filter  use a small brush or cleaning device  If the air  filter is heavily stained  use a neutral detergent mixed with warm water       After washing the filter  rinse it out thoroughly and place in the shade to  dry  Do not expose to direct sun light       Once the air filter has dried  place the air filter back into the unit        and pull it downward     Re installing the air filter      Insert the the air filter back into the unit  ensuring that both sides of the filter are positioned cor
192. nal devices        m   2        ai      d   D  Q     900c UI       1st revised   Jun  2006       9 5  Troubleshooting in Test Operation    If the phenomena appear  such as a check code is output or the remote controller is not accepted in power ON  after cabling work or in address setup operation  the following causes are considered     9 5 1  A check Code is Displayed on the Remote Controller    Check code Outdoor unit  displayed on 7 segment Cause Countermeasures  remote controller  display    E04 E19 00   Outdoor power is formerly turned on  Turn on the power again    In order of Indoor  gt  Outdoor   There is none of outdoor terminator resistor  Check SW30 bit 2 of the outdoor unit    After address setup  No connection between multiple refrigerant lines   SW30 bit 20N  Connection between multiple refrigerant lines   SW30 bit 2 of the connected outdoor unit is turned  on only in one line   After address was decided  all the Check and modifies disconnection of indoor outdoor  indoor units do not correctly response communication line   after power ON in outdoor unit   Communication line the leading indoor unit   Check influence of communication noise   Address setup error Set up address again     Only line addresses of the connected indoor units  are undefined     The outdoor line address and the line addresses in  all indoor units do not match     The indoor addresses are duplicated    Units except those displaying E04 are duplicated      A header unit is not set up in a gr
193. nal output    Power supply 220   240V   50Hz  220V   60Hz    66    B Ventilating fan control from remote controller     Function       The start stop operation can be operated from the wired remote controller when air to air heat exchanger or  ventilating fan is installed in the system       The fan can be operated even if the indoor unit is not operating     Use a fan which can receive the no voltage A contact as an outside input signal   e Ina group control  the units are collectively operated and they can not be individually operated      1  Operation  Handle a wired remote controller in the following procedure     Use the wired remote controller during stop of the system     Be sure to set up the wired remote controller to the header unit   Same in group control       In a group control  if the wired remote controller is set up to the header unit  both header and follower units  are simultaneously operable     7 Push concurrently     CS   e buttons for 4 seconds or more   The unit No  displayed firstly indicates the header indoor unit address in the group control   In this time  the fan of the selected indoor unit turns on     2 Every pushing C button  the indoor unit numbers in group control are displayed succes   sively   In this time  the fan of the selected indoor unit only turns on     c  o       O  emj   gt    D  o   D     c   O  emj   D  3   O  O     Oo  c  ps  O  3  o  Lo    D  O  bech   lt   emj      D      D  3  O  O  Q    D  Lu        WU    Using the timer time
194. nce   Temperature difference  15  C or more between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit    In Max Hz operation       The temperature difference may diminish in cases of systems in which the connected indoor capacity  exceeds 100   or with long pipe length  etc      NOTE 2  Criteria for operating current    For a test operation  with all the indoor units operating   normal operating current is shown in the  following table     Outdoor unit 0401 type 0501 type 0601 type        NOTE 3  Criteria for cycle status  1  Refrigerating cycle under standard condition  The refrigerating cycle under standard cooling and heating condition is as follows     Pode   Cooling   Heating   Cooling   Heating   Cooling   Heating   Low P       mPaj  09   07   o9   oz   og   oe    Discharge  TD  co         z   7e   e   86   s  Suction Of e   2    mw   1   M   o   Pipe surface temp 36  Indoor heat exchanger  TCJ      io   33   10   31   9   32    Indoor    C   35    78      This compressor is driven with 4 pole motor  The value of the compressor frequency  Hz  measured by a clamp meter is  two times the rotation count  rps  of the compressor       This data is the cycle data under condition of standard pipe length and two 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air  conditioners connected   Data changes according to installed pipe length  combination of indoor units or connected indoor capacity      For a compressor  the left side is 1 and the right side is 2 viewed front the front of the unit   Ev
195. nction  11  Refrigerant overcharge    1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8       Note  High pressure SW is normally closed   B contact     NO NO  Does high pressure SW operate  Is circuit cabling normal   YES    YES    Check and correct cabling               Comp IPDU  Failure  gt  Replace    Check parts   Failure  gt  Replace    Open valve fully          Are parts of high pressure SW normal   YES       NO  Is packed valve fully opened   YES       Cooling operation  gt  To  Heating operation  gt  To  C     Are characteristics of NO  high pressure sensor normal   Cooling operation    NO NO  Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate  toro eM dran    YES Connector connection   fan IPDU  fan motor  wiring    Reset power supply  and start a test  operation corresponding to the season     Replace the high pressure sensor     Repair faulty parts     Are there any obstructions in the operation of the indoor heat exchanger  YES    1  Air filter clogging    Eliminate the interfered causes        2  Heat exchanger clogging  3  Air short circuit       NO  NO  Is SV2 circuit normal  Repair SV2 circuit   YES Coil error  clogging   disconnection of wiring  etc      C  Heating operation        Repair SVA circuit   Coil error  clogging   disconnection of wiring  etc     Is SV4 circuit normal   YES    Refrigerant overcharge   clogging pipe breakage     abnormal overload condition         YES Does heating indoor fan  normally operate     NO NO  Is the PMV Kit used   YES  NO  Is indoor PMV normal     Is the P
196. nd Us  Us connectors interface P C  board      LO5     Duplicated of indoor units with priority The Heat Recovery Multi is not set up on priority   LO6     There are two or more indoor units set up with  priority     L08 L Address setup error Set up address again   e Only indoor addresses of all the connected indoor  units are undefined          L05   Displayed on the indoor unit set up with priority   L06   Displayed on the indoor unit except one set up with priority       LO  0  0  2   LO   LO  0       89       1st revised   Jun  2006    9 5 2  Operation from remote controller is not accepted and a check code is dis   played on 7 segment display of the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     Remote 7 segment  display of Cause Countermeasures  controller status   outdoor unit  No response L08 Line addresses and indoor addresses of all the connected Set up addresses     indoor units are unset   Set up group address     Turn on the power again    In order of indoor     outdoor     Check SW30 bit 2 of the outdoor unit    No connection between multiple refrigerant lines   SW30 bit 2 ON   Connection between multiple refrigerant lines   SW30 bit 2 of the connected outdoor unit is  turned on only in one line     DN    9 5 3  There is no display of a check code on 7 segment display on the interface  P C  board of the outdoor unit though there is indoor unit which does not  accept the operation from the remote controller     Remote 7 segment  display of Cause Countermeasures  co
197. nd level can be reduced with connecting outdoor interface P C  board by restricting compressor and fan  speed     B Wiring    Input wiring 2 core  0 75 mm  Up to 500m Shield wire    B Function   Electric wiring diagram    Outdoor unit Local supply    Connection    cable       Shield    SMC   Input signal for night operation      Termina    Inputsignal       Operation      ON   OFF   Night operation control  COOL   SMC    ON    Normal operation    A CAUTION      Be sure to prepare non voltage continua   tion point of contact for each terminal        OFF        Reference     Outdoor unit capacity type 0401 type 0501 type 0601 type    Sound reduction  dB  A    Cooling   Heating   1 46   48 46   48 47 49  Approximation capacity  Cooling   Heating   2 90    95  85    75  85    70        1  This sound pressure level are measured in an anechoic chamber in accordance     Location of microphone   The front of 1 m  a height of 1 5 m  Cooling   Outdoor temperature 25  C DB  Heating   Outdoor temperature 7  C DB  6  C WB     2  Against Max  capacity    Cooling   Outdoor temperature 25  C DB  Heating   Outdoor temperature 7  C DB  6  C WB    76    7 2 7  Operation Mode Selection Control    B Feature  This control can be operated with the operation mode which is permitted by SMC or SMH   B Wiring    Input wiring 3 core  0 75 mm  Up to 500 m Shield wire    B Function   Electric wiring diagram    Outdoor unit Local supply    I F P C  board    Connection  cable       Shield    SMC   Cooling m
198. ndoor suction temperature    2  TC1    Connector CN100  3P   Brown   1  Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation    3  TC2    Connector CN101  2P   Black   1  Controls PMV under cool in heating operation    4  TCJ    Connector CN102  2P   Red   1  Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation  2   MMU AP0071 to AP0121YH only   Controls PMV under cool in heating operation       93    9  SWITCH  SW08  SET UP OF THE OUTDOOR UNIT    When using the outdoor unit under the following conditions  it is necessary to set up DIP switch on the outdoor  unit interface P C  board     CAUTION    When anyone of the following condition is applied  set up DIP switch   1  When using PMV Kit in the Mini SMMS system  2  When using the indoor unit under high humidity condition     Reference   Indoor side  27  C dry bulb temperature  24  C wet bulb temperature  Operation time 4 hours or more        5 1  Setup Method    e Turn on DIP switch  SW08  on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit             SWor   Su m  Wi  SWO8     Outdoor unit interface P C  board  AAA  x AM 1 AM 2 mm 3 AM 4  CS  A JJ  NES          94    6  CONTROL OUTLINE    6 1  Indoor Unit  6 1 1  Control Specifications    LONE NE Outline of specifications   Remarks          Power supply    1  Identification of outdoor unit    is reset  When the power supply is reset  the outdoor units are  individually identified and communication is established      2  Check code clear  When the power supply is reset  the check code is also 
199. nected  o at Em i  EE EE cg  Ew  meorewcaedy 1 egene O O O O O O O  eS   rietsen OO mie SSS   w Gmpaes ene   e  Louver ype  Ar direcion ausiment    eegen o    19  Temp  width between cooling and heating  E automatic selective control points Ls 0003  3 deg  Ts   1 5   Automatic restart from power failure EE 0000  None  HA terminal  T10  selection         0000 Normal  YAA  CA   LLL  High ceiling selection MEE 0000  Standard  en Timer setup  Wired remote controller  D 0000  Possible       Type Indoor unit capacity  Item code  10  Item code  11     Setup T Model Setup data   Mode   Setup data   Mode    data ype abb  name  0000   1 way Air Discharge Cassette MMU AP t  S  0001 007 type 0017 048 type  0001    4 way Air Discharge Cassette KORK mp   da IP  0002   2 way Air Discharge Cassette NOR ds MEE di  ER  0003   1 way Air Discharge Cassette pur 0003 009 type 0019 NS  e        type  0004 NOS 0020 NOS  0004  Concealed Duct Standard   Duct Standard KOK 0005 012 type 0021 072 type  0005   Slim Duct a 006         oc          0006   Concealed Duct High Static Pressure  AP tetek 0007 015 type 0023 096 type    0007   Under Ceiling NER 0008 EN 0024 NS  0008   High Wall 0009 018 type 0025 NOS  0010   Floor Standing Cabinet seek 0011 024 type 0027 EN  0011 Floor Standing Concealed 0012 027 type 0028 NOS  0012         0013   Floor Standing  Below 6HP  OR    0014 4 way Air Discharge Cassette         The initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P C  board    187    14 2  Outdoor 
200. nit                                                   REQUIREMENT      A location that permits the level installation of the unit    A location that provides enough space to service the unit safely    A location where water draining from the unit will not pose a problem    SWING FIX            UNIT    FILTER reset    Push the FILTER switch after cleaning    FILTER  display disappears                              Avoid the following types of locations      Locations where salt is present in large amounts  seaside areas   or where sulfuric gases are present in    large amounts  hot springs areas    If the unit is to be used in such areas  special maintenance is necessary      Locations that generate oils  including machine oils   steam  oily smoke  or corrosive gases  Locations where organic solvents are used   Locations in the vicinity of equipment that generates high frequency signals   Locations where the outdoor unit will blow in the direction of a neighbor s window    Locations where the noise of the outdoor unit will pose a problem Daily maintenance  e F or daily maintenance including Air F ilter cleaning  please use qualified service personnel  particularly for    the following models      WARNING    Be sure to turn off the main power supply prior to any maintenance      Please do not intend to do the daily maintenance and or Air Filter cleaning by yourself   Cleaning the air filter and other parts of the unit involves dangerous work in high places  so be sure to  have a
201. nit for 2 seconds or more     After test operation  return the rotary switches SWO1  SWO02   and SWO3 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit to   1    1    1  respectively        99       1st revised   Jun  2006    4  Individual start stop  ON OFF  individual test operation function    This function is provided to start stop  ON OFF  individually each indoor unit connected to the same system  by using switches on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     Set SW01  16  and set SW02  SWO03 to indoor address No   1 to 64  to be started  Refer to the following  table     only the setup indoor unit starts operation      In the rotary switches of the indoor unit which operates in a group by the remote controller  the follower unit  cannot be individually started or stopped  In this case             is displayed on 7 segment display  B  on the  interface P C  board of the outdoor unit      Operation procedure    PowerON             Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit     If an error is already displayed under condition of SWO1  1    SWO02  1   SWO03  1   return the status to normal one according  to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation     The unit which is not given with priority by heating priority control   Set up the operation mode of the remote controller  _       cooling priority control  and selection of cooling or heating mode   If it is not set up  the operation starts with the current mode   is not operat
202. nit in the group adapter can be connected to communication line of remote controller   was defective    AI NET Duplicated network Operation   Multiple network adapters    Check communication line  miscabling  and power of indoor unit   adapters continued    were connected to   Check communication   X  Y terminals   communication line of e Check network adapter PC  board   remote controller    Detected at central   Check the central controller  Central control remote controller  etc    controller side     AI NET Error in indoor group Operation   Error of follower unit in the    Check follower unit in the group   continued    group      These errors are concerned to communication of remote controllers  A  B  and central system  AI NET X  Y   and the main remote controller displays  E01    E02    E03    E09    or  E18  in some cases and displays none in other cases according to wi error        Ze    10 5  Diagnosis Procedure for Each Check Code     E01     7  Communication error between 1  Remote controller interconnecting cable   TCC L   AI NET  indoor and remote controller error     E03     97  Communication error between No communication from remote controller and   TCC L   AI NET  indoor and remote controller communication adaptor   Detected at indoor side      Detected at remote controller side    2  Indoor power supply error    Indoor P C  board error    Remote controller address setup error    Remote controller P C  board error    Is the interconnection cable of NO Correc
203. nnot be performed because the  other indoor unit is under    HEAT    operation      HEAT    operation cannot be performed because COOL  priority is set  Outdoor I F P C  board SW11 1 bit is ON   and the other indoor unit is under    COOL DRY    operation      FAN    operation cannot be performed because the system  performs    Heat oil Refrigerant recovery    operation   e There is a unit in which indoor overflow    P10    is detected   e There is a unit in which interlock alarm    P23    is detected    2  The above indoor units unavailable to operate waits under  condition of thermostat OFF  San  e  Qoes on     HEAT standby gt  Display on remote controller   1    HEAT thermostat is OFF   e During HEAT operation  the fan rotates with lower air speed  than one specified in order to prevent discharge of cold  draft or stops   including case that defrost operation is  being performed   e    HEAT    operation cannot be performed because COOL  priority is set  Outdoor I F P C  board SW11 bit 1 is ON  and  the other indoor unit is under  COOL DRY  operation    2     HEAT standby    is displayed until the above conditions are  released      1  The contents which can be changed on the remote controller  at indoor unit side can be selected by setup at the central  controller side    2  In case of operation from TCC LINK central controller   TCB SC642TLE  etc     Central control mode 1    Cannot operate   Central control mode 2     Cannot operate  stop  select mode  set up temp    Cent
204. nt A   E1    lt SW04   SWO05 gt  push function   Fan of normal unit only drives  7 segment A   EO    lt SW05 gt  push function   Interruption of fan operation function    A   Stop       Normal cooling    C   Normal heating    H   Normal defrost    J     A       Operation mode    Outdoor unit HP 4HP    4   5HP   5   6HP    6      HP           Compressor operation command A   Compressor operation command is displayed     Data display with Hexadecimal notation   00 to FF        ok OX KKK          lt SW04 gt  push function   Inverter frequency is exchanged to decimal notation   7 segment display  A B            x    H   Normal display by pushing   SW05       A    FP   tep 0 to 31    0 to 31     Outdoor fan step       MIE  CoD    El    Control valve output data Displays control output status of solenoid valve A B    CTC  RE EEES  wwwwmor           srono a  samome  49  77    e              12 AA AAA    LA A  14 Displays opening data  Decimal   Total opening     RO  16          148    3  Data display of outdoor cycle    Pd pressure data Pd pressure  MPaG  is displayed with decimal data     MPaG  Approx  1 10 value of kg cm G data  mpm  m  Ps pressure data Ps pressure  MPaG  is displayed with decimal data   PL pressure conversion data   Estimated pressure of liquid line  MPaG  is displayed with decimal data     TD sensor data Temperature sensor data   C  is displayed E EA MN  f Symbol display for 1  sec  and data display for 3 sec  are Sais         e Data is displayed in        Data 
205. nt leakage on  discharge gas to suction side on the 4 way valve  Gneck 4way valve   YES    SVA circuit  1  Are not coils of SV4 valves mounted       ee NO  Is resistance characteristic  Replace TD1   2    of TD1 sensor normal        Refer to Outdoor unit temperature    Correct mounting of valve coils  or replace SV4 valve     reversely   2  Is no leakage from SV4     YES    Check code Check code name Cause of operation        P01     11  Indoor fan motor error 1  Cabling error   TCC L   AI NET  2  Check fan motor     Abnormal  Check leakage of SV5 circuit  Replace defective parts     For the models installed with AC fan motor only    Normal  Is there a connection error or YES Correct cabling circuit for  disconnection of CN076 connector  the connector connection  Is not indoor unit in other NO S Se  SE refrigerant line connected  Area   YES  YES  Is not there mechanical lock of fan motor  Replace fan motor   Refrigerant short  clogging  pipe breakage  Check there is no pipe breakage  and then recharge refrigerant    NO  Check indoor P C  board   Failure  gt  Replace    DEL    Check code Check code name Cause of operation     P04     21  Actuation of   TCC L   AI NET  high pressure SW      High pressure SW error     Service valve closed     Pd sensor error     Indoor outdoor fan error     Indoor outdoor PMV choke     Indoor outdoor heat exchanger clogging  air short circuit    SV2 circuit error     SV4 circuit error   9  SV5 circuit error   10  Discharge line check valve malfu
206. nt panel or cabinet  execute short circuit and discharge between high   voltage capacitor terminals     If discharge is not executed  an electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury     Execute discharge     Ewe    between Terminale  After turning off the breaker  high voltage also keeps to apply to the high voltage capacitor     Do not turn on the breaker under condition that the front panel and cabinet are removed   O An electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury     Prohibition        N WARNING       Check earth wires     9    Prohibition of modification     Do nat bring a child  close to the equipment     Insulating measures       Refrigerant    Assembly Wiring    Before troubleshooting or repair work  check the earth wire is connected to the earth  terminals of the main unit  otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs   If the earth wire is not correctly connected  contact an electric engineer for rework     Do not modify the products   Do not also disassemble or modify the parts  It may cause a fire  electric shock or injury     For spare parts  use those specified       If unspecified parts are used  a fire or electric shock may be caused      For details  refer to the parts list     Before troubleshooting or repair work  do not bring a third party  a child  etc   except  the repair engineers close to the equipment    It causes an injury with tools or disassembled parts    Please inform the users so th
207. ntinued    central control device  e Check communication line error of central control device     Check setup of terminator resistor     Check the power of connecting destination connected device     Check PC  board error of the connected device     HA control interface   Interface batch alarm of   Operation   Error was input in HA   Check error input   HA control interface continued    control interface    TCC LINK Follower unit error of Operation   An error occurred in   Check the error code of the unit with alarm   group control continued    follower unit of the group  control     P30  is displayed only on  the central remote  controller       L20 is displayed   Duplicated central control   Operation   Central control addresses    Check the address setup   address continued    were duplicated     Error detected by Al NET central control device    Check item  position     Display on    condition  central control          Differs according to error contents of the with alarm          Check code  i iti Error detection   ag  Malaremote Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET Detected position   Check code name Status condition Check item  position     central control    controller  Check code code Check code  Auxiliary code     Auxiliary code remote controller       AI NET AI NET communication   Operation   E07 L07 L03 L08 was   Check multiple network adapters    System error continued    detected when other   Check wire and miscabling of remote controller  Only one network  indoor u
208. ntroller status outdoor unit    No response None Communication line is not connected between indoor and Modify wiring   outdoor   Line and indoor addresses are unset    Unit which does not response to remote controller   The power of the header unit of the group is not turned on in  indoor group control    Unit which does not response to remote controller   Group address is set up to follower unit in the individual  control   Unit which does not response to remote controller     Set up address  No display on The power is not turned on     Turn on the power   Set  0  to group address in case of individual  control   Turn on the power   remote controller  Unit which is not displayed on remote controller    No line is output   m    There is no outdoor unit of group control     E19 00 Indoor unit power is not turned on   Indoor outdoor communication line is not correctly connected  to the outdoor unit   Fig  1    Indoor outdoor cannot communicate before address setup    There is none of outdoor terminator resistor   or there are two or more resistances    Before address setup     E20 01 Address setup is performed with connecting indoor outdoor  communication line   Fig  3     Address setup is performed under condition of connecting  between multiple refrigerant lines   Fig  3        Remote controller is not connected with cable    Unit which is not displayed on remote controller     Miscabling of remote controller   Unit which is not displayed on remote controller     Remote cont
209. oard  I F  error     Check SV4 circuit error     Pd sensor error All stop Output voltage of Pd sensor was zero    Check connection of Pd sensor connector    Sensor Open    e Check Pd sensor error   Pd  gt  4 15MPa during stop of compressor    Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error   Indoor   Indoor other Corresponding   Indoor P C  board did not operate normally     Check indoor P C  board error  EEPROM error    error unit only stops   Outdoor All stop   1    Outdoor PC  board  I F  did not operate  e Check power voltage   EEPROM error   Check power noise     Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error     All stop Inverter current detection circuit detected    Check power voltage   AC220   240V   10     over current and stopped    Check compressor error     Check cause of abnormal overload operation     Check outdoor P C  board  IPDU  error     All stop Over current was detected several   Check compressor error   seconds after compressor had started    Check power voltage   AC220   240V   10       Check cable of compressor and phase missing   e Check connector terminal connection on IPDU PC  board     Check conduction of case heater    Check activation error due to liquid stagnation in compressor                  IPDU   Compressor  breakdown    IPDU   Compressor  error  lock       Check outdoor P C  board  IPDU  error     HO3 HO3 01  Compressor 1 IPDU   Current All stop While compressor stopped  current flowed  e Check cabling of current detection circuit system   detection circuit mor
210. oat switch operated    Check the float switch connector     Float switch circuit disconnected or the   Check operation of drain pump unit   connector came off    Check the drain pump circuit     Check clogging of drain pipe     Check indoor P C  board error       The value of motor speed deviated from   Check connection of fan connector and wiring   target value was detected for certain time  e Check fan motor error     Over current protection operated  e Check indoor PC  board error     Check influence of outside air control   e Check indoor type code  DN 10  and the capacity code  DN 1 1      In heating   Check full close operation of outdoor PMV   While the system is operating in HEAT mode      Check Pd and Ps sensor error    outdoor PMV of which opening degree was   Check clogging of SV2 circuit    100 pulse or less for a certain time  e Check clogging of 4 way valve error circuit   e Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error     Check capillary clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator     Check TS sensor error     Suction temp exceeded the judgment standard    Check refrigerant shortage   temp for 10 minutes or more    Check full open of outdoor service valves  gas side  liquid side      Check outdoor PMV clogging      Check characteristics of TS1 sensor resistance value      Check 4 way valve error      Check leakage of SV4 circuit      Check leakage of SV5 circuit     TS error judgment standard temperature  In cooling operation  60  C or higher  In heating operation
211. ode designated input switch  SMH   Heating mode designated input switch      Terminal  Selected operation mode  a A HEAT  SMH     E Only n mode SE b      x1       mode select control     mark is indicated on the remote controller display        A CAUTION      Be sure to prepare non voltage continuous point of contact for each terminal        77    7 2 8  Error Output Control    B Feature    Operation and error monitoring is possible by using error output control board    TCB PCIN2E        B Wiring    Size   Length  o 4 core  0 75 mm    Up to 200 m  Output wiring Shield wire         In conformity with design 60245 IEC 57     B Function   Electric wiring diagram    Operation monitoring   Display relay is ON with more than one indoor unit operation        Display DE  TEE  relay F EMG Power supply    A oer ee eee         Error monitoring lamp    EMG monitoring   Display relay is ON when the system in error status    Outdoor unit Local supply     I F PC  board TCB PCIN2E y       Display    ee     relay    OPERATION    8 Power supply       pO ore es   Operation monitoring lam  Connection AA di 10   iid    cable SE i     PJ17 EE       Lienen      Shield wire    A CAUTION      Be sure to prepare non voltage point for each terminal   e Display relay capacity of    OPERATION    and    EMG      Below AC240V 0 5A  COSf   100      When connecting load such as relay coil to    L1  L2    load  insert the noise surge absorber     Below DC24V 1A  Non inductive load   When connecting load such
212. on changes      In Heating operation  For Heat pump model only         n heating operation  the fan operation may continue for approximately 30 seconds after the air condi   tioner has stopped     In Heating operation    Set the air outlet louver downward       ix If directing it upward  the hot air may not come to the foot     The indoor fan will continue the preheat operation for 3 to 5 minutes under stop conditions  The indoor    unit will then begin to blow out hot air      symbol on the remote controller display will come on       When the temperature of the room has reached the setup temperature and the outdoor unit stops  the  air speed reduces and so the air volume will decrease    e In HEAT 362 mode  if the room temperature reaches the set temperature  the outdoor unit will stop and    oye    the air flow   volume will decrease     In the defrost mode  the fan will stop so that cool air is not discharged and the PRE DEF Ge is displayed     In Cooling   Dry operation    Set the air outlet louver Upwards   If directing it downwards  the dew may form on the near side of the air discharge  port and could drip        Initial setup       How to adjust the the air flow direction       Sube     TEMP  DON  OFF  using the swinging function      3 9  Adjustment of Wind Direction 2  Push the button     To increase the cooling or heating effect  be sure to use the discharge louver in different direc  Set the direction of the air outlet louver to a                      tions when 
213. ontroller  display Auxiliary code    Check code name Detecting device       ALT  Indoor TCJ sensor error  ALT  Indoor TC2 sensor error  ALT  Indoor TC1 sensor error  SSC  OF    F07      F13    01  Comp  1    ALT  Indoor TA sensor error  a  EN EN    F16      H01    01  Comp  1    SIM   Indoor other error  SIM  Indoor EEPROM error e    TI  wesch   O     Magnet switch error MG SW    H02 H02 01  Comp  1    e AER  0 o8    Overcurrent relay operation Overcurrent relay  Compressor trouble  lock  IPDU    Current detect circuit system error IPDU  Comp 1 case thermo operation e  Low pressure protective operation e O    SIM  Indoor center unit duplicated Indoor    SIM  Outdoor line address duplicated    SIM Duplicated indoor units with priority   Displayed in indoor unit with priority        Los      LOG    No  of indoor units with priority    01  Comp  IPDU error   102  Fan1 IPDU error    03  Comp    Fan1 IPDU error  04  Fan2 IPDU error    05  Comp    Fan2 IPDU error  L29 L29 i    SIM Duplicated indoor units with priority   Displayed in unit other than indoor unit with priority     SIM  Indoor group Address unset  SIM  Indoor capacity unset    SIM  Over No  of connected outdoor units E    SIM  Indoor outside interlock Indoor    Extended l C error EE    07   All IPDU error           106  Fan1   Fan2 IPDU error SIM  No  of IPDU error       07  All IPDU error or  disconnection of  communication line    board or outdoor I F P C   board error    L30    Detected indoor address      between I
214. oor PC  board   normally send signals   E06  is    e Check connector connection for communication in outdoor PC  board   e Check indoor PC  board failure     Check outdoor PC  board  I F  failure     normally displayed     Indoor outdoor communication All stop Transmission from outdoor to    Check outdoor terminator resistor setup  SW30 2      circuit error   indoor cannot continue for 30    Check the communication connection between indoor and outdoor    Detected at outdoor side  seconds     Duplicated indoor addresses All stop Multiple indoor unit address     Check indoor address     indoor setup are duplicated    Check the change of remote controller connection  Group   individual   addresses after setup of indoor address     Corresponding   In 2 remote controller control    Check remote controller setup    unit only stops     including wireless   both are  e Check remote controller PC  board   setup as master   Header indoor unit stops and  other indoor unit is operating      E10 CF Indoor unit   Communication error between Corresponding   There is any trouble in power    Indoor P C  board failure  indoor P C  board assembly unit only stops    line        DL       Check code    Wired Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET Pe  on Check code name Status Error detection condition Check item  position     remote central control  controller   Check code     Auxiliarycode           Code   Auxiiarycode    remote controller  Automatic address All stop   When indoor automatic address st
215. oor and outdoor correct     YES    Is there an error on  power cable to an outdoor unit   NO    Is there noise source     NO    Outdoor I F P C  board failure      Replace    1  Outdoor communication terminal resistance  r setup error    2  Indoor outdoor communication connection  error       NO    Correct setup of  terminal resistance   YES    Correct short circuit     Is F400  fuse  on NO  I F P C  board failed     YES    Check conduction  with tester     Turn on power to  start operation     I F P C  board failure  However an emergent operation    is available by inserting connector  from CNO1 to CN33        6cl    Check code Check code name Cause of operation        E08     96  Duplicated indoor addresses Indoor addresses are duplicated    TCC L   AI NET     Auxiliary code  Duplicated indoor address    Using a main remote controller  RBC AMT31E   check the setup item codes  DN code  12  13  and 14   When there is no address duplication  check to the following flowchart     Is cable connection to NO    communication line normal  Correct cable connection     YES  Is communication line connected YES  to the different outdoor unit   Is indoor unit quantity connected  to outdoor unit correct     YES           Correct communication line     Set up indoor address again     Check code Check code name Cause of operation     E09     99  Duplicated master Setup of master remote controller is dupli    TCC L   AI NET  remote controller cated   Correct setup of remote controllers one a
216. op  thermo OFF     Compressor Each compressor is stopped should the Pd pressure sensor  stop due to high   reach a value of 3 5 MPa   pressure release   This control is performed by the outdoor units        60    No  Wem   Operation explanation and applied data  etc    Remarks    Heating is provided for both the compressor case and accumulator   When the compressor in any outdoor unit is stopped  the heater is  switched on to prevent accumulation of refrigerant     Case heater  control    After installation of a system  it should be powered for the specified  period of time prior to operating a test run to prevent damage to the  System   If the system has not been powered for a prolonged period of time  it  is important to apply power for the specified period of time before  resuming operation   This function is often performed in conjunction with the compressor  winding heating control  When this occurs  a noise may be heard  which is not an indication of a malfunction    1  Contents of control    The function is performed during when the compressor is off   e When the TO sensor temp measures 28  C or higher the heater  turns off and turns on when it change measures 25  C or lower    The heater remains  ON  for 10 minutes after the compressor  has changed mode from Off to On     10   IPDU control The IPDU controls the inverter compressor by communicating a  command frequency that controls the compressor speed  depending  on any active releases   The main controls of the IPDU
217. or NO f  on indoor P C  board correct  Correct connection     YES    Is connection of CNO1 NO  connector on I F P C  board Correct connection            Set up address again    Refer to    Address setup procedure               of outdoor unit correct        YES    Is there any connection YES C t bl  error of power cable  AN  NO  YES  Did a power failure occur  ee  NO  YES  NO  Set up address again  after resetting power supply            um   2                d   D  Q     900 lt     unt       UEL    Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation     E16     89  Connected indoor units 1  There are 48 or more connected indoor units   E18     97 99  Communication error between Regular communication between indoor header   TCC L   AI NET  capacity over 2  Capacity over of total connected indoor units   TCC L   AI NET  indoor header and follower and follower is unavailable     3  Incorrect setup of indoor outdoor capacity    l Are remote controller NO Correct remote controller  Auxiliary code  00   Capacity over 01       Number of connected indoor units interconnection wires  A B  normal  interconnection wires    YES            Excessive indoor units are connected   Correct miswiring        Is No  of connected indoor units correct  YES  Correct connection   Check circuit wire     Is there any disconnection of  connector or wiring from terminal block  of indoor unit     NO  Is setup of indoor unit HP correct  Correct HP setup  NO  Is a g
218. oup    Except group displaying E04   E08 XX   Duplication of indoor addresses  Set up address again    Address No in which sub code of the check code  are duplicated                    After address setup  communication from all the Check and correct disconnection of indoor outdoor  indoor units interrupted under condition that a communication line  Communication line between  normal operation can be performed  outdoor unit and the leading indoor unit     Check influence of communication noise        E There is none of outdoor terminal Check SW30 bit 2 of the outdoor unit   resistance  or there are two or more No connection between multiple refrigerant lines   resistances  SW30 bit 20N   After address setup  when terminal l       resistance setup is changed after Connection between multiple refrigerant lines    i SW30 bit 2 of the connected outdoor unit is turned  power ON     l  on only in one line   Transmission circuit error at interface side Replace the interface P C  board    P C  board failure   E16 XX   Exceeded No of connected indoor units or Adjust No of connected indoor units or capacity   exceeded capacity     8  7  6  E25 Duplication of outdoor addresses Do not use a manual setup for outdoor address    Only when outdoor address was manually set up   4  6  8    Duplication of outdoor line addresses Modify line address setup of the outdoor unit    e Line address setup error  occurred after connec    Detween lines   Set up SW 13 and 14 on the    tion between U1  Uz a
219. per plate  EES Side cabinet    Outlet cabinet Piping panel  Rear     Piping panel  Front     Reactor box    Outlet cabinet         Part name Procedure E       nverter A CAUTION Screw Screw    assembly  Wear protective clothing on your hands as  other components may cause injury etc                                 lt Disassembling gt     1  Stop the unit operation and turn off the power  supply to the unit     A WARNING    Never open the cabinet while five minutes  after turn off the power supply        2  Remove front and upper cabinet    Screw 4 x 10 9 pcs    3  Remove power supply and remote controller  wires   Screw of terminal block    4  Remove wires to I F P C  board    Solenoid valve coil  4 way valve coil  heater   comp thermo  PMV coil  sensor    5  Open I F P C  board on the slant    Screw O4 x 8 2 pcs and supporter    6  Remove the reactor wires    Screw of terminal block  wire clamp and valveycoil  bundle band    7  Remove wires of sensors and PMV coil    Wire clamp and bundle band     8  Remove fan motors lead wires   Two points     9  Remove IPDU wires    Compressor lead wires and high pressure SW    PMV coil Pressure sensor Sensor    mM  z   e      mm  pes         Le            E             JA zl    4 way valve coil Comp thermo     Clamp    EATON  down  Screw of terminal block    connector    High pressure SW  connector       Fan motor  up  connector       170      Pert name Procedure MC       Inverter  assembly   Continued     3   How to remove  electric part
220. plicated   L07     99  Group line in individual indoor unit The group line is connected in the   TCC L   AI NET   TCC L   AI NET  individual indoor unit     Item code  D1  12  Line address  Item code  D2  13  Indoor address  Item code  D3  14  Group address    Correct indoor group address     YES  Are there duplicate line address setups  Correct the line address setup   Are communication wire connections of l y   U1 U2    U3 U4   and  U5  U6  normal  Correct the wire connection   YES  Check outdoor I F P C  board   Failure  gt  Replace    T Check setup item code  Is there group wiring  DN 12  13  and 14 addresses     Is there an individual indoor unit   NO                                Repeat the address setup    Refer to  Address setup         Check indoor P C  board   Failure  gt  Replace    Check code Check code name Cause of operation        L08     99   Indoor group   address unset Indoor address unset   TCC L   AI NET    L05     96  Duplicated indoor units with priority 1  Two or more prior indoor units exist  NO   TCC L   AI NET   Displayed on indoor unit with priority  Md Ed Mia Turn on the power of indoor units   YES    Check code Check code name Cause of operation    This check code is displayed on the set indoor unit when setup of indoor unit with priority is duplicated       Priority setup with two or more units is not available  Choose one prior unit in one refrigerant circuit system  Disconnect connectors between   U1  U2  and  U3  U4      Clear addresses   Che
221. r       Indoor control P C  board    Connector conversion cable  1        1  MMK APxxx2H  High Wall Type  does not use a this conversion cable     32    3  PARTS RATING    3 1  Indoor Unit  4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type      wen me mn  vo   mem   www   wem   mm   men  Drain pump motor ADP 1409   TC1 sensor  24 size lead wire length   1200mm Vinyl tube  Blue     26 size lead wire length   1200mm Vinyl tube  Black     Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3    Louver motor  panel  MP24GA        we me ee e    Compact 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type    W          m Se   ee  ww O d Se     Fan motor SWF 230 60 1    Drain pump motor ADP 1409  Float switch FS 0218 102    TA sensor Lead wire length   155mm       33    2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type    Float switch FS 0208 608    Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF    TC2 sensor  6 size lead wire length   1200mm Vinyl tube  Black     06 size lead wire length   1200mm Vinyl tube  Red   Model MMU AP 0241WH 0271WH 0301WH    Fan motor AF 200 53 4F  Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF    1 way Air Discharge Cassette  Compact type  Type          Model    Fuvigsmadrrianmay  m  EECHER       34    Concealed Duct Standard Type     wa mee ew  mes eem  owen res  Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF    Pulse motor valve EDM B60YGTF 1    Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type    Running capacitor for fan motor AC 400V  8uF  Pulse motor valve EDM B60YGTF 1    Slim Duct Type    Model MMD AP 0071SPH SH  0091SPH SH  0121SPH SH  0151SPH SH  0181SPH SH   Fan motor SWF 280 60 1 
222. r  operates in FAN mode performs the following controls when  the heating refrigerant Oil recovery signal is received from the  outdoor unit     1  Opens PMV of the indoor unit by the specified opening  degree     2  Stops the fan     3  Only 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner  rotates the indoor fan with intermittent operation for  approximately 1 minute after recovery control     4  Only 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner  rotates the indoor fan with intermittent operation for  approximately 1 minute after recovery control as the  outdoor unit     5  After recovery control  drain pump of 4 way air discharge  cassette type and concealed duct type will operate      1  For 5 minutes after the operation has started  the operation  is continued even if entering thermostat OFF condition      2  However  if the thermostat has been turned off by changing  the set up temp   the thermostat is OFF with even the  above condition  The protective control has priority      1  During    COOL    operation  including DRY operation   the  drain pump operates      2  While the drain pump operates  if the float switch works   the drain pump continues operation and a check code is  displayed     3  While the drain pump stops  if the float switch works  turn  off the capacity demand command  stop the operation  and  operate the drain pump  If the float switch continues  operating for approx  5 minutes  the operation stops and  the check code is displayed     4  In he
223. r band so that there is no  gap between the SUS band and the fixing  rubber bracket  Pay special attention no to  create a gap at the hair pin of the rubber  band     4  Squeeze the rubber bracket and band so    that the hook part of the band clips into the  square hole     181    Align the direction of the slits  and then attach to each pipe        Matching the tabs  slide them     Align the tabs to the slit side of the rubber     a sige mij    Push the band against the  rubber to eliminate any gaps          Slide the square hole side  towards the arrow mark     PS    Ls    Push the tab side up against the rubber        Refrigerant Recovery in Outdoor Unit    This outdoor unit has check valve and PMV  Pulse Motor Valve at back and forth of heat exchanger    So  in some case  heat exchanger will become blockage situation    In case of changing compressor or cycle parts  refrigerant recovery works are difficult without fully opening of PMV   After fully opening PMV as following process  recover refrigerant by using recovery device      REFERENCE   Outdoor unit refrigerant cycle        Heat exchanger    The shut circuit    HE  m  E  L    Compressor   Inverter   T    Check joint  EE i  IN IN    Liquid side Gas side  packed valve ball valve     Work Process    This function is provided to fully open the PMV used in the outdoor unit for 2 minutes   1  Short circuit CN30 on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     After 2 minutes  the opening returns to the normal operation
224. r flow direction upwards downwards     In Cooling operation     In cooling operation  use the horizontal louver with a horizontal set  point so that the cold air diffuses the whole room      In Heating operation  For Heat pump model only      In heating operation  use the horizontal louver with a downwards set  point so that the hot air blows towards the floor     REQUIREMENT    e  f cooling operation is performed with the louver set at a down   wards position  dew may form on the surface of the cabinet or the  horizontal louver resulting in possible dripping    If heating operation is performed with the louver set in a horizon   tal position  the room temperature may not be equal i e  there  may be a large variance between one side of the room with the    other     Do not move the horizontal louver directly with your hands   otherwise a fault error may be caused  Select the direction of the    horizontal louver using the  555 button on the remote controller            The horizontal louver will not stop immediately even if the switch   is pushed    Note  Pushing the switch again when the required louver direc    tion has been reached will stop the louver        Adjustment of air flow direction rightwards leftwards    To change the air outlet direction to the right or left side  set the  vertical louver located behind the horizontal louver to the desired  direction     Setup of air direction and swinging   1H series  Refer to the description of    2 way Air Discharge Cassette
225. r header and   Check cable of the remote controller   unit between indoor header   unit only stops    follower units   Check power cabling of indoor   and follower units   Check PC  board of indoor     Outdoor unit quantity All stop   There are multiple outdoor units in 1 line  The outdoor unit connected with communication cable  error    There is none of outdoor unit in 1 line  between indoor and outdoor  U1 U2  is the outdoor unit     Check connection of communication line between               indoor and outdoor     Check outdoor P C  board I F  error        01  Connection of outdoor of Other line unit All stop Unit of other line was connected when indoor automatic   Separate the cable between lines according to automatic  other line connected during address started  address setup method in  Address setup     02  Connection of indoor of automatic address  other line    communication connection with outdoor unit in the other  refrigerant line     o outdoor All stop Outdoor addresses   set up are duplicated  Note   follower address o oe ie not set up the outdoor address manually     IPDU communication All stop Communication of each IPDU  P C  board  in inverter box     Check connection of communication connector and  interrupted  disconnection between IPDU and I F P C  board   e Check outdoor PC  board  I F  IPDU  Fan IPDU  error     Check external noise        Communication All stop Transmission of other outdoor unit was unavailable for 30   In this model  only one outdoor 
226. ral control mode 3     Cannot select mode  set up temp    Central control mode 4    Cannot select mode VE med   3  RBC AMT21E  Wired remote controller  from the remote  While mode is the central control mode      2 CENTRAL    controller    CENTRAL  lights on the display part of the remote controller  CONTROL    mode  the  Status is notified with  receiving sound        98       1st revised   Jun  2006    6 2  Outdoor Unit  6 2 1  Operation Start Operation End    The compressor  solenoid valve  pulse motor valve  PMV   outdoor fan  etc  are controlled by a command from  the indoor controller  The follower outdoor unit starts stops by a command from the header outdoor unit     fe  ten  ste nin apie TN    Pulse Motor Valve   PMV    1  PMVcontrol       PMV  control e PMV is controlled between 45 to 500 pulses during  operation     e In cooling operation  PMV opening is dependent upon  detected readings from the TL sensor and Pd pressure  sensor  sub cool control     e In heating operation  PMV opening is dependent upon  detected readings from the TS and TD sensors and the Ps  pressure sensor  super heat control     e PMV will be fully closed when the system is in    Standby    or   No demand  modes and when a malfunction in the system  has occurred     Outdoor fan  1  Fan control in all cooling operation    control 1  The outdoor fan speed mode is determined by the When TE temp   ambient  detected Pd pressure value  temperature  exceeds    2  When cooling operation has started  t
227. ras 10  2  WIRING DIAGRAM                               eeeeereeee nene nennen nnn nnn nnns 18  de PARTS IRAN isso italia 33  4  REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC DRAWING                                 91  5  SWITCH  SW08  SET UP OF THE OUTDOOR UNIT                               94  6  CONTROL EREECHEN 55  7  APPLIED CONTROL EE 63  O PMV KIT OUT EINE tentar 79  d  TEST OPERATION E 81  10  TROUBLESHODTINA E 110  11  CONFIGURATION OF CONTROL CIRCUIT                                         154  12  BACKUP OPERATIONS  EMERGENCY OPERATION                          168    REPLACING PROCEDURE OF PARTS  P C  BOARD  EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST       SAFETY CAUTION    The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual     Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents   Indications lllustrated marks   and keep them      Explanation of indications     Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of   N DANGER EE jury    the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed     Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the  N WARNING   repair engineers  the third parties  and the users due to troubles of the product after work  when an incorrect work has been executed     Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage     may be caused on the  N CA
228. rcuit d Driver  Sensors    Display  section  5  Float input    None for  Concealed Duct    Indoor  fan motor    Transformer El      Indoor Outdoor  Max  8 units are connectable   1 up communication  4 Nome for concealed duct   FI i i    l   oor standing cabinet  1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed  Outdoor unit Floor standing concealed  maximum 7 units are connectable  Eur       n 19 220 240V  50Hz 9 Nome for concealed duct   2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit  10220V  60Hz Floor standing cabinet  Floor standing concealed   3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the simple wired remote controller  Floor standing       H2 d  3 FEE    ed  A  DBuipueijs 10014   ed  J pajes9u0  Duipuels 100       ed  L 1euiqe5 Buipue s 10014   ed    a1nssaJdg 91181S YIH nq pejeeouo25        sa119S 1  ed  L onesse  eBueuosiq sly   em      Sd    oxnoesseo oDujeuosiq sry Aem z       Power     Power       supply l   supply    Outdoor Outdoor   unit unit     6 Nome for 1 way discharge  cassette YH type     091    Microcomputer operation LED        Filter Option error input    EEPROM          MCC 1402 078 gos    COMPONEN  rau     30  Ie m eee C318 L301 R420   aan  CN310  DC fan output pi w 099    OE C307 F 302 d OS  A  a Ge  ae PES MEE  El   T TI        Sui R423 R422 R421 IC340       L o R301  ei S      Da f al HE  o        2 o  IC341 a 2 j T l o T  E t L J DI    T T T e  o L J 5  C303  C301 ESO  2    D  HE  ear   a    C322 7  Mesi I    o   a       gt   pan    
229. rection for the displayed  indoor unit     If there is no display  all the indoor units can be operated  collectively     UNIT    e F or every push of the button  the display alters  between units  as shown in the figure     a display     Unit No  1 1     Unit No  1 2  1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type SE We  Adjustment of air flow direction upwards downwards     In Cooling operation    In cooling operation  use the air outlet louver with a horizontal set  point so that the cold air diffuses the whole room     In Heating operation  For Heat pump model only     In heating operation  use the air outlet louver with a downwards set  point so that the hot air is directed towards the floor   Adjustment of air flow direction rightwards   leftwards   To change the discharge direction to right or left side  set the  vertical grille inside of the air outlet louver to the desired direction   Setup the air flow direction and swinging function  Refer to the description of the    2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type                             Under Ceiling Type    e While the air conditioner is not in operation  the horizontal louver  Up Down air direction  adjustment plate  will automatically point upwards     e When the air conditioner is in ready status for heating  the horizontal louver  Up Down air  direction adjustment plate  will points upwards  The swinging operation will begin after the  heating ready status has been cleared  Please note the    SWING _      symbol will still be dis 
230. rectly inside  of the plastic frame       Close the air inlet grille     If the F ILTER lamp on the indoor unit is displayed  press the F ILTER button on the remote controller or the  TEMPORARY button on the indoor unit  This will turn the light off                 eme ee EE     ele te  EE        Filter holder                           Cleaning the air inlet grille   1  Remove the air inlet grille   Hold the two sides of the air inlet grille and open upwards   Move the center arm to the left and remove the grille     2  Wash the grille with water using a soft sponge or towel    Do not use metallic scrubbing brush or other hard brushes        Use of such hard objects will cause scratches on the  surface of the grille  and the metal coating to peel off        f very dirty  clean the air inlet grille with a neutral detergent  for kitchen use  and rinse off with water     3  Dry the inlet grille  ensuring no water is left    4  F it the left and right arms of the air inlet grille to the shafts on  the two sides of the air conditioner and push in completely   Then push in the center arm    5  Check that the center arm has been completely inserted and  then close the air inlet grille      Push the arrow locations  four  at the bottom of the air inlet  grille to check whether the grill is completely closed     Cleaning of the main unit   remote controller    CAUTION    Wipe them with a soft and dry cloth   A cloth dampened with cold water may be used on the indoor  unit if it is ver
231. reset     If an abnormal status is still present upon restart the check  code will be displayed again on the remote controller     Operation  1  Based upon the operation command received from the   Concealed Duct High  select remote controller or central controller  the operation mode is Static Pressure type air  selected  conditioner cannot operate    Room temp   1  Set point temperature adjustment range on remote controller  control    C     E All cooling All heating  Wired type 18 to 29  C 18 to 29  C  Wireless type 18 to 30  C 16 to 30  C     2  The set point temperature in heating operation can be offset  using item code  DN  06     Setup data MAMA AA Heating suction temperature    Setup at shipment    Automatic  1  The difference between the temperature reading taken from   capacity the Ta  room  sensor and the Ts  set point  selected on the   control remote controller is used to determine the demand frequency  to the outdoor unit     Air volume  1  The remote controller is used to select the modes    HIGH HH  gt  H   gt  H gt   contro   HH         MED  M         LOW  L     or    AUTO     L  gt L gt LL   2  The difference between the temperature reading taken from  the Ta  room  sensor and the Ts  set point  selected is used  to control the air volume setting when in    AUTO    mode        55    Mel Mem   Outline of specifications   Remarks          Prevention of  1  In all heating operation  the upper limit of the fan tap is set by  cold air one with higher temperature
232. ress  of the central control system   Check the network adaptor  on the indoor P C  board                  Are two or more  central control system with identical  network addresses connected     Service I F P C  board for the outdoor unit is common to all outdoor units   The service I F P C  board will need to be set up for the correct model based upon the faulty I F P C  board  which it is  replacing  Set up the model based upon the I F P C  board assembly change procedure        Check code Check code name Cause of operation     L17     46  Inconsistent models of There are outdoor units on the communication   TCC L   AI NET  outdoor units line other than Super Module Multi Flex type  such as Super Module Multi or Super Module  Multi ice regenerative type    Check code Check code name Cause of operation     L29     CF  IPDU quantity error 1  Incorrect model setup in service for I F P C  board   TCC L   AI NET  2  Communication error between IPDU  fan IPDU and I F  3  IPDU  fan IPDU  I F P C  board error                                                                  Bei Mises cue NO Replace outdoor units of other models Auxiliary code     Check model name   with specified models 01  Comp IPDU error 02  Fan 1 IPDU error  03  Comp   Fan 1 IPDU error 04  Fan 2 IPDU error  YES 05  Comp   Fan 2 IPDU error 06  Fan 1   Fan 2 IPDU error  07  All IPDU error or disconnection of communication line between IPDU I F P C  board or outdoor I F P C  board error  Is the check code  L 17  NO 
233. riger   ating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused     Do not charge refrigerant additionally    If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks  the refrigerant composition in  the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or  refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is  applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury   Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks  recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner  execute  vacuuming  and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant  In this time   never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount    When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle  do not mix the refrigerant  or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant    If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant  abnormal high pressure generates in the  refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage    After installation work  check the refrigerant gas does not leak    If the refrigerant gas leaks in the room  poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire  such as fan heater  stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous   Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit    When the equipment is moved or repaired  be sure to recover the refrigerant with recover   ing device  The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit  ot
234. roller communication circuit error    Unit which is not displayed on remote controller    If 230V is incorrectly applied to the remote controller terminal   the remote controller communication circuit fails     Remove FASTON terminal connected to remote  controller terminals  A B   and check the voltage   If voltage is not applied  replace P C  board     15 to 18V usually     9 5 4  In check for No  of connected Indoor units after address setup   diminished No  of connected units displayed    There are outdoor indoor units which do not operate in a test operation        Status       Cause Countermeasures    Number of Miswiring of communication line uncon  After modification of wiring  set up address again and check No  of the  nected cable  Fig  4 connected outdoor units     connected is short   Adaress setup operation has finisneo  without recognition of miswired follower unit         Number of  connected indoor  units is short     Miswiring of communication line between  indoor units or unconnected cable  Fig  5    Address setup operation has finished  without recognition of miswired indoor unit      After modification of wiring  set up address again and check No  of the  connected indoor units     Number of outdoor  units connected to  group is short in  group operation  from remote  controller     Using the main remote controller connected to a group  start a test operation   specify the unit which does not operate  Unit unconnected to group   and then  check wiring     R
235. ronous  signal input circuit  circuit    BUS  communication    ad    ong ue     Salas z  ad    o3esse  obueydsig AY Aem           sa119S 1  Sd  L 118M UBIH    Sd    Buijs apun    edAL puepuels 19ng pajes9uos      adAL 949858  9818 y9SIG sly Aem p j9edulo   ad    ejesse  oeDjeuosiq sly Aem p          Power     Power      supply   supply e l    L N Un U2 Outdoor Outdoor  H Indoor Outdoor unit unit    U1 U2 communication    Outdoor unit    Power supply  14220 240V  50Hz  1 220V  60Hz    EE    HUT 100puJ LL    LINDAID TOHLNOJI JO NOLIVENDIANOS LI    weibeiq 19019 19 0 1140  100puU     GU    Indoor unit   1    Network adaptor  Option     Network  adaptor Remote  PC  board controller    communication   MCC 1401  circuit       Central control   X ALNET    remote controller Ft communication   Option  Y circuit     In case of Al  NETWORK     Indoor  fan motor    Indoor control P C  board  MCC 1403        Wired remote controller     Up to 2 units  Weekly timer    Function setup    Remote  controller  communication  circuit       B    Remote EEPROM      controller   communi  ation  circuit    TA sensor    CPU TCI sensor    E H8 3039    M Driver    C2 sensor  circuit    CJ sensor    Float inpu    None for  Concealed Duct    Outside    circuit    Power      supply    Outdoor  unit    Transformer Se    L KZ Me Indoor Outdoor  U1 U2 communication    Outdoor unit    Power supply  1 220 240V  50Hz  1 220V  60Hz       dl  A AA  d       Max  8 units are connectable   1     1 However in a case t
236. roup control operation   YES  YES  Is the power of NO Check power connection status  all indoor units turned on  of indoor unit   YES YES  For a service P C  board  check outdoor HP setup    OK Set up outdoor HP  Check indoor address  Ee ee al   Set up jumper 9  10  11  and 12    Refer    How to exchange interface P C  board       NG  Correct indoor address        MES           Is total capacity of connected Ensure capacity of connected  indoor units within 13096    1  indoor units within 130  of outdoor units     Check outdoor interface P C  board        Check code Check code name Cause of operation     E19     96  Outdoor units quantity error 1  Misconnection of interconnection cable     TCC L   AI NET  between indoor and outdoor    2  Outdoor I F P C  board error  Auxiliary code  00  No outdoor unit 02  Two or more outdoor units    Are communication lines  U1  U2  YES       Connect communication line between indoor  and outdoor to one unit per 1 system     between indoor and outdoor connected  to multiple outdoor units        NO    Is communication line between indoor and NO Connect communication line between indoor  outdoor connected to one unit per 1 system  and outdoor   YES  Check I F P C  board  Reference     When the power supply of the outdoor unit is first turned  on  the check code  E19 00  is displayed until the power    m   2                 o   D  Q     supply of the indoor units are turned on  However is not  an error  When the power supply of the indoor units
237. rvice    Check model setup on outdoor I F PC  board A   ssy for  jumper line was not cut ice   according to the model   AI NET    Duplicated central control addresses  Indoor          All stop Duplicated central control   Check central control address   addresses   Check network adaptor PC  board   In case of AI NET                 ech  s      di  Gs  o   D         900      Unf       Ga    Check code      Detected Error detection   ae  Outdoor 7 segment display s quoe position Check code name condition Check item  position   controller   Check code Auxiliary code remote controller    L29 L29   Comp IPDU error CF I F IPDU quantity error All stop No  of IPDU units   Check model setup for outdoor I F service PC  board     Fan 1 IPDU error detected bed power    Check connection of UART communication connector     Comp    Fan 1 IPDU error os turned on Were        Check IPDU  fan IPDU  and I F PC  board error     Fan 2 IPDU error l    Comp   Fan 2 IPDU error Note           Fan 1   Fan 2 IPDU error UART  Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter    All IPDU error or communication error  between IPDU and I F PC  board  or  outdoor I F PC  board error    L30 L30 Detected indoor address Indoor   Interlock in indoor unit from   Corresponding     Outside error input       BI Outside device is connected to connector  CN80    outside unit only stops    terminal 1  Check outside device error   Detected signal to 2  Check indoor PC  board error   ee REN B Outside device is not connected to
238. s a master   nd and the other as side remote controller   remote controller address connector    NO  Check remote controller P C  board   Failure  gt  Replace  Check code Check code name Cause of operation   E10     CF  Communication error Indoor P C  board error failure   TCC L   AI NET  in indoor P C  board assembly    Check power voltage on line   9  Is there any fault on power line    Eliminate noise  etc   NO  Check indoor control P C  board   Failure  gt  Replace                              Check code Check code name Cause of operation     E12     42  Automatic address start error 1  When indoor automatic address started    TCC L   AI NET  other refrigerant circuit system was setting    automatic address   Sub code   01     2  When outdoor automatic address started   the indoor automatic address was being  set   Sub code  02        Auxiliary code  01  Communication between indoor and outdoor 02  Communication between outdoor units    Are U1  U2  U3  and U4  connectors connected   YES  Disconnect relay connector Turn on power of  of U1  U2  U3  and U4  outdoor unit again     Check code Check code name Cause of operation     E15     42  No corresponding indoor unit 1  Communication line connection error   TCC L   AI NET  during automatic address between indoor and outdoor   2  Indoor power system error  3  Noise from surrounding devices  4  Power failure  5  Indoor P C  board error    SEEN NO  oo e desi D  n Correct communication line   YES  Is connection of CN40 connect
239. s and supporter     4  Remove wires to fan IPDU    Fan motor  CN01  CN02  CNO3  CN04   CN804    5  Remove fan IPDU   Supporter 4 points     CNO4 CNO3 Fan motor   lt Assembling gt     Assembling by contrary procedure of above  5   gt  1         3  Comp IPDU  lt Disassembling gt     1  Stop the unit operation and turn off the   a 6 Mr  power supply to the unit  s g postainidfication    A WARNING    Never open the cabinet while five  minutes after turn off the power supply     2  Remove fan IPDU by procedure 3   2     3  Remove front side wires of comp IPDU    Compressor lead wires and high pres   sure SW wires     4  Remove fix screws of comp IPDU    For heat sink and for P C  board fixing     5  Slide out comp IPDU to front side   Note   Slide little hard  for sealing cement  of heat sink     6  Remove wires from comp IPDU to other  parts   LIVE  NEUTRAL  CAPA   CAPA      7  Remove other wires      lt Assembling gt     Assembling by contrary procedure of above  7  1      Ah CAUTION    e Fix it to IPDU after letting  LIVE   wiring pass to ACCT  current sensor     e After IPDU applies silicon grease to a  contact surface with a heat sink  uniformly  fix it to a heat sink firmly  with a screw     172      Pert name Procedure BEES    How to remove   Disassembling     electric parts box   Continued  1  Stop the unit operation and turn off the    power supply to the unit   4  Noise filter    electrolytic A WARNING  capacitor  transformer Never open the cabinet while five    minutes 
240. s box    1  I F PC  board         Remove reactor assembly   un  4 x 10 5 pcs        CAUTION  Take care   Too much heavy  9 kg     11  Close I F P C  board   Supporter     12  Remove the fix screw of box    Screw Q4 x 10 4 pcs     13  Lift upper side and remove from partition  board   Hanged on partition board    lt Assembling gt     Assembling by contrary procedure of above  13   gt  1       lt Disassembling gt   PMV coll Pressure sensor    CD    ensor  1  Stop the unit operation and turn off the    power supply to the unit       A WARNING    Never open the cabinet while five  minutes after turn off the power supply     Ala A  m Wi  a     DU      sii    Te  beg  2 Le T E    F  ASS D    2  Remove front cabinet    Screw O4 x 10 3 pcs     3  Remove wires to I F P C  board    2 way valve coil  4 way valve coil  heater   comp thermo   PMV coil  sensor     transformer lead wires  power supply Ou   p       wires to I F  Heater 0 de    4  Remove I F P C  board  4 way valve coil Comp  thermo    Supporter 6 points      lt Assembling gt     Assembling by contrary procedure of above  4   gt  1      171      Pert name Procedure  e    How to remove  lt Disassembling gt     electric parts box   1  Stop the unit operation and turn off the   Continued  power supply to the unit     2  Fan IPDU    A WARNING    Never open the cabinet while five  minutes after turn off the power supply     2  Remove front cabinet    Screw   4 x 10 3 pcs     3  Open I F PC  board on the slant    Screw   4 x 8 2 pc
241. se of  breakage or injury              4mm hexagonal wrench is required     Set the equipment so that liquid refrigerant can be charged   When using a cylinder with siphon pipe  liquid can be charged without inverting the cylinder          Cylinder with siphon     Cylinder without siphon      Gauge manifold Gauge manifold    OUTDOOR unit OUTDOOR unit                 JopuiAo  jueJeDujeu    Electronic  balance       cylinder    Electronic  balance       R410A refrigerant is consisted with HFC mixed refrigerant   Therefore if the refrigerant gas is charged  the composition    of the charged refrigerant changes and characteristics of  the equipment changes        6  Environmental concern  Use  Vacuum pump method  for an air purge  Discharge of air in the connecting pipe  in installation time     Do not discharge flon gas into the air to protect the earth environment       Using the vacuum pump method  clear the remaining air  Nitrogen  etc   in the unit  If the air remains  the  pressure in the refrigerating cycle becomes abnormally high and an injury could occur through failure of  the product     2nd revised   Sep  2006    1  DESIGN METHODS    1 1  System Overview  1 1 1  Outdoor Units       somme  o  e    MCY MAPO0401HT MCY MAPO0501HT MCY MAPO0601HT  Heat pump  50Hz  MCY MAP0401HTZ MCY MAP0501HTZ MCY MAP0601HTZ  Model MCY MAP0401HTZG MCY MAP0501HTZG MCY MAP0601HTZG  name    MCY MAP0401HT2D MCY MAP0501HT2D MCY MAP0601HT2D  Heat pump  60Hz  MCY MAP0401HT2DZ MCY MAP0501HT2DZ MCY 
242. sed for normal operation as equipment damage may occur     h WON  OFF  E     3 Use either COOL or HEAT operation mode for a test operation     Note  The outdoor unit does not operate for approx  3 minutes   After power ON and after operation has stopped     Receiver unit      Spacer    M4 x 25 screw   2 pieces        4 After the test operation finished  stop the  air conditioner using the wireless remote  controller  and return the Dip switch to its  original setting    A 60 minute timing function is designed into  the sensor section in order to prevent a  continuous test operation   0       bon  Notch Nameplate  Small screw    Wireless remote controller  4 way Air Discharge Cassette type     1 Turn OFF the power to the air conditioner     Remove the adjust corner cap and the attached with sensor section from the ceiling panel  For removal  method  follow to the installation instructions attached to the ceiling panel    Be careful to handling the sensor section because cables are connected to the sensor      Remove the sensor cover from the adjust corner cap   1 screw     2 Change Bit  1  TEST  of the switch  S003  on the sensor P C  board from OFF to ON   Mount the sensor cover and attach the adjust corner cap with sensors to the ceiling panel   Turn on power of the air conditioner     3 Push AA  button of the wireless remote controller  and select an operation mode  COOL   or  HEAT  with CB button   All the display lamps of the wireless remote controller sensor  section fla
243. sette type   MMU AP0091H to AP0301H  MMU AP0071MH to AP0181MH   Approx  70 Q to 100 Q    P10     Ob Indoor overflow error 1  Float SW operation error MMU AP0361H  APOS6H1   Approx  35    to 50 Q    p f  1 way Air Discharge Cassette 2 series  Concealed Duct Standard  Under Ceiling  High Wall 1 series     TCC L   AI NET  2  Drain pump operation error Slim Duct type  15 Q to 35 Q   3  Clogging of drain pipe   Check insulation resistance between the cabinet and 1  3  5   Should be 10 MQ or more     4  Indoor P C  board error       Is resistance value at motor side of    fan motor connector CN334 on indoor P C  board   MCC 1402  correct   2    Replace indoor fan motor     Auxiliary code  Indoor units address with trouble       YES  2    NO C t Check insulation resistance value of fan motor position detective circuit   compar dea   Is winding 1  Yellow lead  to 4  Pink lead  opened shorted   gt  Resistance should be 5kQ to 20kQ   D NO  Is output of indoor fan motor position    detective signal correct   3 Replace indoor fan motor     YES  3  Check fan motor position detective signal   e Measure voltage with tester between CN334 1 and 5 on indoor P C  board  MCC 1402     under condition of CN333 and CN334 installed and power ON    gt  Turn fan slowly with hands so that pin voltage fluctuates between 0 and 5V     e Between 4 and 5  5V            Is float SW connector   Indoor control P C  board CN34   connected normally     NO       NO  Check and correct wiring   YES  Check indoor P 
244. setup Cw    Ca  buttons  change the item code  DN    Check also the contents of the setup data and then change them it to those in the memo     8  Then repeat operations in items 6  and 7     9  After setup operation  push e button to return to the normal stop status  6     Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller      In a group operation  turn off the power supply once  return the group wires between indoor units and CN41  connectors as before  and then turn on power of all the indoor units    It requires approx  1 minute to operate the remote controller        The item code  DN  is consisted with Z   to AA     DN No  may jump on the way     Even if pushing   button after changing the data incorrectly  the data can be returned to one before    change by pushing    button before changing the item code  DN    P C  board  MCC 1402  P C  board  MCC 1403  EEPROM  IC10     EEPROM layout   i    o ll    EEPROM  IC10  is attached to IC socket        To remove it  use a pair of tweezers  etc  SC e E  To attach EEPROM  arrange the direction      as shown in the right figures    l i   EPROM  1010  Align notch directions of IC socket    In exchanging time  pay attention not to and EEPROM for installation    bend the lead wire of IC  Ea      w Notch  IC socket Notch EEPROM    186    Record the contents of the following before exchanging P C  boards   Item code list     on  em   Mem   SeupstshpmenWomfadon  o rior sign ing time aga pe OOOO  e mme  A E  by con
245. sh during the test operation       Do not use operation mode other than  COOL  or  HEAT        Errors are detected as usual     S003 Bit 1   OFF  gt  ON       Z when the test operation has finished  push      button to stop the operation     5 Turn off the power to the air conditioner  Sensor cover  Change Bit  1  of the switch  8003  on the  sensor P C  board from ON to OFF   Attach the adjust corner cap with  sensors to the ceiling panel     Adjust corner cap    Test operation from outdoor unit  Refer to    8 7 2  Function of Start Stop the Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit    in    8 7  Service Support Function      NOTE  The test operation returns to normal operation after 60 minutes have passed     93    In case of wireless remote controller   for Under Ceiling type and 1 way Air Discharge Cassette type  2 Series      Turn on power of the air conditioner   1 The operation is not accepted for 5 minutes when power has been turned on at first time after installa   tion  and 1 minute when power has been turned on at the next time and after  After the specified time  has passed  perform a test operation     2 Push  Start Stop  button and change the operation mode to  COOL  or  HEAT  with  Mode  button   Then change the fan speed to  High  using  Fan  button     D Test cooling operation Test heating operation    Set temperature to  18  C  using  Temperature set    Set temperature to  30 C  using  Temperature set   button  button     After checking the receiving sound  Pi   immedia
246. sor Ps sensor    output voltage normal  Pd sensor Ps sensor error    Z  O    YES YES    NO      Correct connector connection  et NO  Is SV2 valve coil correctly connected    Are characteristics of  d  CV2  CN302  TS2 sensor resistance normal  Replace TS sensor   YES   Refer to outdoor unit temperature  YES    sensor characteristics 3             teste YES  Is there any miswiring or wm    iisinstallation on TS Sensor  Correct miswiring installation Does not discharge YES  refrigerant gas bypass to suction side Check and replace 4 way valve and coil   NO through 4 way valve   NO  Check I F P C  board   NO  odd ri Repair SVA circuit   YES      Coil  valve body     disconnection of cable  etc    Refrigerant shortage       clogging  pipe breakage   Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage  and then recharge refrigerant      GY 4       Check code Check code name Cause of operation     P15     AE  Gas leak detection   Outdoor unit service valve closed   TCC L   AI NET  TD condition  Sub code  02    Outdoor PMV error    Check code Check code name Cause of operation     P19     08  4 way valve operation error 1  4 way valve error     TCC L   AI NET  2  TS1 sensor TE1 sensor error  3  Pd sensor Ps sensor error  4  TE sensor TL sensor misconnection      TD sensor error    SV4 circuit error    Refrigerant shortage  clogging refrigerant                  circuit  Is 4 way valve coil NO Correct connector connection   connector connected   4 way valve coil  CN317   NO  Are service valves
247. splayed in order     The numbers in item code indicates item code  01   most recent  to  04   Oldest      If  CL  button is pushed all of the error histories of the indoor unit will be deleted     After confirmation  push e button to return to the usual display        115    In case of central remote controller  TCB SC642TLE        E DLD LDO D E  b GOD 3  45   6   DE O s  8 e T IS MLO   1234 we dae INS EU  F  C       me ses LL    GROUP  Ca JE  DEOBR  SI SS  a  E  Ces        1  Confirmation and check    When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner  the check code and the indoor unit No  are displayed on the  display section of the remote controller     The check code is displayed while the air conditioner operates     If the display disappeared  operate the air conditioner and check the error based upon the following    Confir   mation of error history        Unit No display Alarm display  UNIT No  AN  Xon Q EE  p m          Alternate flashing display     7   ILI  R C No        2  Confirmation of error history    When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner  the error history can be confirmed with the following proce   dure   Up to 4 error histories are stored in memory      This history can be confirmed from either operating or stop   1  Push and buttons in succession for 4 seconds or more     2  SERVICE CHECK      goes on and Item code 01 goes on     3  When selecting  flash  the group number if there is the alarm history  the UNIT number and the latest  alarm history ar
248. ssure sensor Ps are exchanged   TCC L   AI NET     2  Output voltage of each sensor is zero         It is output voltage error of Pd sensor  Check disconnection of connection of connector  Pd sensor  CN501  circuit    Are connection of Pd sensor and Correct connection of connectors  and output voltage of sensor   Ps sensor connectors correct  Pd Sensor CN501  Red If the sensor is normal  replace outdoor I F P C  board   Ps sensor  CN500  White    YES       NO   Pd sensor and Ps sensor normal  9 ensor error  gt  Replace    Po sensor and  Ps Sensor normal Check code Check code name Cause of operation    YES sT Pressure nedeleini EE  F29     12  Indoor other error Indoor P C  board error  2 Pressure display on 7 segment display  TCC L   A NET  EEROM error  3 Output voltage of I F P C  board  Are Pd Ps output values Pd  gt  Ps  during compressor operation                     If 1 and 2  3 are different  an error of pressure sensor itself is considered   If 2 and 3 are different  check interface P C  board     Check compressor     This error is detected during operation of air conditioner of IC10 non volatile memory  EEPROM  on indoor unit P C   board  Replace service P C  board        NO    If EEPROM was not inserted when power was turned on or it is absolutely impossible to read write EEPROM data     the automatic address mode is repeated  In this case   97 error  is displayed on Al NET central controller     TES   Value can be confirmed by 7 segment display function on outdoor 
249. t All stop  Auxiliary code   d   lock protection error   Abnormal current was detected within 30  seconds after start time       Compressor 1    All stop Instantaneous over current was detected  when compressor started   Compressor All stop Position detected was not normal   position detection  circuit error    Indoor   Other indoor error   Corresponding   E07 L07 L03 L08 was detected when other   Group follower   unit only stops    indoor unit in the group was defective     unit error       Compressor 1    When abnormal refrigerating cycle data was    Check item  position       Error of 4 way valve error     Check coil error and connector connection of 4 way valve    e Check characteristics of TS1 TE1 sensor resistance value      Check characteristics of Pd  Ps pressure sensor output voltage     Check misconnection of TE1 and TL sensors          Check Pd pressure sensor error      Check full opening of service valves  Gas side  Liquid side       Check outdoor fan error      Check outdoor fan motor error      Check clogging of outdoor PMV      Check clogging of indoor outdoor heat exchangers      Check air short circuiting in outdoor unit      Check clogging of SV2 circuit      Check outdoor PC  board  I F  error      Check indoor fan system error   Cause of air volume decrease      Check valve opening of indoor PMV      Check miscabling of communication line between indoor and outdoor      Check operation error of check valve of discharge pipe      Check circuit of gas balan
250. t any position Y  lt  lt    desired  If you wish to return the louvre to it original   N  upwards position  press the button again   lt  SC         During the cooling drying operation the horizontal  louver will not stop at its most downwards facing  position 9  reduce the risk of water dripping   but  will instead move to the 3rd position from the top   as shown in the figure      UNIT  4 C_D    To set up the air flow direction individually  push the Fan Heat Cool Dry  C button to display each indoor unit No  in a operation operation    group control  You can then set the air flow direction  for the displayed indoor unit    e  f there is no display  all the indoor units can be  operated collectively      F or every push of the button  the display will  alter between units as shown in the figure     No display     Unit No  1 1   Unit No  1 2  Unit No  1 4 ges Unit No  1 3         vb    Right Left air direction adjustment    To change the air outlet direction to the right or left side  set the vertical louver located behind the horizontal  louverp to the desired direction     INFORMATION    e If cooling operation is performed with a downwards dis   charge  dew may form on surface of the cabinet or the    horizontal louver resulting in possible dripping    e  f heating operation is performed with a horizontal discharge   the room temperature may not be equal i e  there may be a  large variance between one side of the room with the other        High Wall Type    Adjustment of ai
251. t individual remote controller  operations     Setting for one of 1 to 4 zones is  available     Can be used with other central control  devices  Up to 10 central control  devices with in one control circuit     Two selectable control modes   Central controller mode   Remote controller mode     Setting of simultaneous ON OFF 3  times for each day of the week  combined with a weekly timer       Individual control up to 16 indoor  units     e Setting of simultaneous ON OFF 3  times for each day of the week when  combined with a weekly timer     e Connected to 2 remote controllers is  possible        Model  e    Connected to central Weekly schedule operation    remote controller or 1  Setting different start   stop time for  wired remote controller each day of the week    2  ON  OFF can be set 3 times a day   OFF ON OFF ON OFF    12 00 13 00 18 00 19 00 21 00                                     3   CHECK   PROGRAM     DAY    button  m     copying of settings easy   wow fefto iF  M    LL 4  Two different schedules for a week  A     can be specified   LE    Summer schedule and winter  schedule  etc      5   CANCEL   DAY  button enables  i holiday setting   io  WE Outdoor unit    6  If power supply fails  the setting    K contents are stored in the memory  for 100 hours     Central  remote controller                                        RBC  EXW21E2    Zeen  o  E  Ce     KE                              16    B Remote controllers       Name   Wired remote controller Simple wired r
252. t interconnection cable of  remote controllers  A B  normal  remote controller     This error is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive a signal from the remote controller   Check communication wiring of the remote controllers A and B    As communication is impossible  this fault code  E03  is not displayed on the main remote controller   It is displayed on TCC LINK central controller           YES   e dere dio ET OF vee one Check code Check code name Cause of operation  iced E  ue and check circuit cabling   E04     04  Indoor Outdoor 1  Power of outdoor unit was firstly turned on    TCC L   AI NET  communication circuit error 2  Connection error of communication line  NO  Detected at indoor side  between indoor and outdoor    3  Terminal resistance setup error on outdoor  unit     4  Address setup error    NO    Is a group control operation        YES        NO Check power connection status of   NO  T  Is power of each indoor unit turned on    Was power turned on in order Turn on power again in order of  indoor unit   Turn on power again   of indoor unit  gt  outdoor unit  indoor unit  gt  outdoor unit   YES  YES  Is power applied to remote controller    NO Check indoor P C  board  ls connection  U1 U2 terminals  of NO  AB terminals  Approx  DC18V Def Repl     i i  PP EE indoor outdoor interconnection cable normal  Correct interconnection cable        YES  YES  Are two remote controllers used YES Change one to main other to sub   without the correct identification   R
253. t of which address is to be cleared in the refrigerant line     SWO01   SW02   SWO03 SW04 Address which can be cleared    6 After checking that    A d buS    is displayed on 7 degment                                                       display  and then push SW04 for 5 seconds or more        3 Cancel of line selection 5 7 After checking that    A d nEt    is displayed on 7 degment  To finish the set display  and then push SW04 for 5 seconds or more        3  After    A d  c L   has been displayed on 7 degment display  return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1     Operation procedure l Ga We l l  4  When the address clearing has correctly finished     U 1 L08    is displayed on 7 degment display after a while     Here  if the unit No is not called up  the outdoor unit in    this line does not exist  1 gt  2  gt  3 545 If    A d  n G     is displayed on 7 degment display  there is a possibility which is connected with the other  Push   button  and then select a line according to 5 6 7 8 End refrigerant line  Check again the relay connector between  U1U2  and  U3U4  terminals   procedure 4   CS E Ss n NOTE  Be careful that the other refrigerant line address may be also cleared if clearing operation is not    correctly executed   5  After clearing of the address  set up an address again     88    In case of increase the address undefined indoor units  Extension  etc      If set up the indoor address of which address is undefined accompanied with extension of indoor units  replace   ment o
254. tdoor Unit  Positions to be checked on the interface P C  board  MCC 1429     CNO3 backup    CNO1  For control wiring between  indoor and outdoor units Pressure sensor  Ps   Pressure sensor  Pd   CNO1 backup  UART   eee input output  0B  ED TEST   AREA Y  E laz   Jumper select  A E  Sensor input  TD  CN502  TE  CN505  TL   CN521  TS  CN504  SW4 i  CN311 TO  CN507  SV5  CN310  SV2 5V  CN312  GND  12V  3 3V  Connection of power  supply transformer  CN100  Option input output  CN511  Dina doctor  connecting terminal  CN800    For transformer  power supply  CN401 402  Case heater 1    Accumulator  heater    For expansion BUS       power supply  CN325  4 way valve E  ae i  inpu  SWO06 to 14 NA Comp  case thermo input j  SW01 02 03 CN305  SW04 05 15    7 segment LED    164    Inverter P C  board  MCC 1535   IPDU1     Electrolytic condenser     Between fan IPDU      and comp IPDU  Electrolytic condenser        Communication between  I F and comp IPDU    e Reactor  5V        Reactor    Compressor out put    165    Fan P C  board  MCC 1531   Fan IPDU      5V  12V       Fan 2 out put      P DC15V in put DC320V in put en   out put    Noise filter P C  board  MCC 1551        sl  MCC1551  01    AA  COMPONENT SIDE     HAR i3    zevoil  Olea Po CERO       166    1st revised   Jun  2006       11 2 1  Outdoor Interface P C  Board  Dip switch function exchange setup list    Initial setup  at shipment    Part type Exchange contents    SW01   Rotary SW 4bit 16 step   Display   Operation switch  
255. ted  to open the PMV fully   Confirm that Bit 1 of SW12 is OFF    Note   The PMV opening by using short CN30 returns the PMV to fully closed after   2 minutes     To continue the fully open status  turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit within  2 minutes after using short CN30        178    Ma   Partneme Procedure Fem 000    Liqui k  iquid tan A CAUTION      i    Wear protective clothing on your hands   a SMS  as other components may cause injury   4 LB  etc  E X Hi      F   lt Disassembling gt           1  Stop unit operation and turn off power Wi   E d 7   supply to unit    i h    a  gt   A WARNING KS  i    Never open the cabinet while five minutes V h      after turn off the power supply  V L i Fa   2  Remove Inverter assembly by procedure 2  7 w Lea d    de   3  Recover refrigerant    Sec  ei   4  Remove TL sensor at one pipe of Liquid 7    tank    5  Take off pipes to Liquid tank by re welding  SS    6  Remove Screws and carry up Liquid tank to A Ki  E    upper side   Screw M5 2 pcs  L   le OP  Note   Re transform pipes of Liquid tank for        i   carry out  F   Take care for crashing pipes      f     lt Assembling gt    Assembling by contrary procedure of above 6   gt  1     e After completion of the repair work  perform vacuuming of the outdoor unit using the   following procedure     Procedure    Short CN30 on the interface P C  board on the outdoor unit for which the repair work has been   completed  to open the PMV fully   Confirm that Bit 1 of SW12 is OFF 
256. ted indoor unit operates  and also starts swinging in a model with flap     3  Using temperature setup Cy    CA  buttons  the item code  DN  can be moved up down one by one  3   Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller     4  First change the item code  DN  from ZU  gt  Z      Setup of filter sign lighting time   In this time  make a note of contents of the displayed setup data    5  In the next time  change the item code  DN  using  Cw    CA  buttons   Make a note of contents of the setup data as same as the above    6  Then repeat item 5   and make a note of contents of the important setup data as indicated in the attached  table  Example        The item code  DN  is consisted with Z   to AA        DN No  may jump on the way    DN   Contents      7  When noting has finished  push    button to Xp   l Type and capacity of  t to th   st tat 6 RES Indoor unit capacity the indoor unit are  return to the normal stop Status  12 necessary to set up   Corresponds to number of the operation diagram EN the revolution  of the remote controller   Indoor address frequency of the fan    It requires approx  1 minute to operate the remote Group address    controller      Item code necessary at minimum        lt Remote controller operation diagram gt                       w O  Ln Q    184    Procedure 2   Exchange of P C  board for service    1  Exchange PC  board with a PC  board for service     In this time  the jumper line  cut  setup or the  short circuit  
257. tely   After checking the receiving sound  Pi   immediately  push  Temperature set  button to set to  19 C  push  Temperature set  button to set to  29 C      After checking the receiving sound  Pi   immediately   After checking the receiving sound  Pi   immediately  push  Temperature set  button to set to  18  C   push  Temperature set  button to set to  30 C      Then repeat the procedure d  5 5 4  5  After approx  10 seconds  all the display lamps on the sensor part of wireless remote controller   Opera   tion   Green    Timer   Green   and  Ready   Yellow  flash and the air conditioner starts operation     If the lamps do not flash  repeat the procedure 2 and after     After the test operation  push  Start Stop  button to stop the operation     Outline of test operation from the wireless remote controller    Test cooling operation   Start  gt  18  C  gt  19  C  gt  18  C  gt  19  C  gt  18  C  gt  19  C  gt  18  C  gt   Test operation      Stop    Test heating operation   Start  gt  30  C  gt  29  C  gt  30  C  gt  29  C  gt  30  C  gt  29  C  gt  30  C  gt   Test operation      Stop    Be sure to set the    air speed to  High    5          Lei    3 4 5 6    VIO  ORO    PL d    94    2  Test operation    START  nu LU Refer to    Test operation procedure    of  Test operation for one indoor unit a    YES  O ii SS NO The operation does not start approx  3 minutes  peration Star after power ON or after operation stopped   YES     NOTE     After power ON  it may require Max  
258. the Compact 4 way Cassette type   MMU AP0071MH and MMU AP0181MH  models            1X2  Icd  DE  KI Ns       2   Louvermotor  Drain pump motor      WHITE GRY   GRAY  Float switch   YELLOW PNK   PINK  i   BLUE ORN  ORANGE   2                    4 Leen J  Drain control relay   BROWN GPN   GREEN Wired remote Adaptor for wireless  PMV Pulse Motor Valve     controller remote controller        900z    das       6     Color       RED  WHI  YEL  BLU  BLK  GRY  PNK  ORN  BRW  GRN       indication    RED     WHITE    YELLOW    BLUE     BLACK     GRAY     PINK     ORANGE    BROWN     GREEN               Flow selector  unit earth  screw    6 Closed end    Indoor unit Y Y  LZ IZ a  Earth screw   WIN A    Power supply  Single phase  220 240V 50Hz   220V 60Hz    connector        O  FS       Sl  ZN    N              CN304 P 4   GRY        90     Li    CNO66 O Power supply       WHI   2     CNO44  1  CNO40 CNO41 H    Z    circuit    S                   N  N    N N        BRW   27  BLU   BLU   0009 00000  009    NI  A    Le UN    Y      Ny ZN ZI  o  A  NI   ZN  Een   IN  oy  adc    wei  NA  W  IN  Le  IN   gt     A IN e    Y  A    VN aN on W   N eN AN  21341516  CNO2                  ka A i eh AGD DDD Ce  Mlet  eege   oe ee  P   P  EE EC d Sub PC  board  i 1 ot MCC 1520  Line Filter i i i i Lem tem PO DTO Lee Da A   IZ WA VINE   NA   S   yy Network 999990 SE   DUAL e ar We   NS   DN i ZN S  lt  Z IN    WHI   1  2   Option  CAE Seg   I       BLU  MCC 1401  1   O indicates the terminal block  le
259. the above change  push     button to  confirm the changed contents     Operation procedure   amp  it it is acceptable  push   5 button to finish 23345    confirmation     A D 7 8 End    28    e To change all the indoor addresses from an arbitrary wired remote controller    When the setup operation with automatic address has finished  this change is available      Contents  Using an arbitrary wired remote controller  the indoor unit address can be changed for each same Method 1  refrigerant line      Change the address in the address check change mode    lt Procedure gt   Operation while air conditioner stops        Clearance of address  Return to status  Address undecided  at shipment from factory     An address is individually cleared from a wired remote controller      0099    is set up to line address  indoor address  and group address data from the remote controller    For the setup procedure  refer to the abovementioned address setup from the remote controller        TEST D  7 Push the timer time Dm   cL buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more  Method 2    EE EES Clear the indoor addresses in the same refrigerant line from the outdoor unit     2 Using LL  UNIT   SWNSFX buttons  select the line address  1  Turn off the power of the refrigerant line to be returned to the status at shipment  and change the outdoor      j  unit to the following status   3 Push  5 button  1  Remove the relay connector between  U 1U2  and  U3U4    e The SE unit address  which is connected
260. the command  frequency becomes    SO    to the outdoor unit        n  N  zone  the timer count is interrupted and held     e When shifting to  M  zone again  the timer count restarts  and continues     e If    L    zone is detected  the timer is cleared and the opera   tion returns to normal operation     Reset conditions  1  TC1  gt  12  C and TC2  gt  12  C and TCJ  gt  12  C  2  30 minutes passed after stop      C     7 x In a Model without TC2   TC  is not judged        96    Recovery control   for cooling  refrigerant and oil    Recovery control  for heating  refrigerant and oil    Short intermittent  operation  compensation  control    Drain pump  control    Elimination of  remaining heat    Auto louver  control    Filter sign display   None in wireless  type      Provided in the  separately laid  type  TCB AX21E           1st revised   Jun  2006     1  The indoor unit which stops operation  thermostat is OFF   or operates in FAN mode opens PMV of the indoor unit by  the specified opening degree when cooling refrigerant or oil  recovery signal is received from the outdoor unit      2  Drain pump of 4 way air discharge cassette type and  concealed duct type operate during recovery control mode     e Recovery operation is  usually executed every 3  hours     e In the indoor unit which  thermostat is OFF  or  operates in FAN mode      Q    lamp goes on    e Recovery operation is  usually executed every  1 hour     The indoor unit which stops operation  thermostat is OFF  o
261. ton is used to check the units  operation   During normal operation  do not use this button     4 Fan 25 button disappear   The Ca   button is used when a fan which is 9 Operation select button    sold on the market is connected      If  7  is displayed on the remote controller  when pushing the 5  button  a fan is not  connected     Selects the desired operation mode     1 Oset up temperature button  Adjusts the room temperature   Set the desired set temperature by pushing    the Cw  or CA buttons     5 Filter reset button  Resets  Erases  the    F ILTERE    display                       6 Air flow direction and Swing function    UNIT  OPTION     If there are multiple indoor units that are con   trolled by a single remote controller  simply select Remote controller sensor  each unit in turn for which you wish to adjust the In normal installations the temperature of the room  air flow direction  is sensed by a temperature sensor on the indoor  unit  However it is possible to have the sensor  within your remote controller  F or further details  please contact your local dealer     louver     n cases where one remote controller controls the    This function is not provided on the Concealed multiple indoor units  the setup operation is   Duct Standard Type  High Static Pressure Type  unavailable in group control    F loor standing Cabinet Type  F loor Standing   Concealed Type  or Slim Duct Type     SWINGIFIX     CED     Set up the auto swing and the angle of the    tion and OF 
262. tter at inside  indicates the terminal number   2  A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site     3  indicates the control P C  board     Outdoor unit    S    Remote controller       CNO75   CNO61   WHI   YEL   Zl     6   1   2   3   4   5   6   D D S vg ANAND A    LM Y  NN WAN FS Le  we  Ne NI   GAN  H   Kl men   HAS  2X3  CNO30__ 11213     Indoor control P C  board    CN032   WHI     an drive    FM  RC  TR  LM  TA  FS  DM    Symbol    e   DN    PMV    CNO60       Tova PMV   6   BLU      AY 5X6  CNO82    VN    CN104 4101        YEL  aor IO  PININ TA   cn10241 1     RED  Payot aa   bt TC   CN101 AA    BLK  PL ago    OL  CN100  o qum   BRW  Ers eno  CNO080 Fa   GAN  J2 PNL  CN073 EL  aes PX EXCT    CN070 A 1Y 1      WHI     CNO081   BLK      WHI     d  NINA Tele ek    Option    Parts name  Fan motor  Running capacitor  Transformer  Louver motor  Indoor temp sensor  Temp sensor  Louver control relay  Drain control relay  Heater control relay  Fan motor control relay  Float switch  Drain pump motor  Pulse Motor Valve    HMLI8tOdV  HMLOEOAV  HMLZZOAV  HMILbHZOAV NININ     HML8LOdV    HMESLOdV    HMLZLOdV  HML600AV  HMLZOOdV NININ    I  POIN    ed    911955  eDueuosiq AY   BM Z  Z 1 Z    0c                             0D  D  Ken  De FS  3X3  Q m  SSA    4X4   2X NI Gen   Y A PS fe KC ER ER WER    IN  4   Mo  211   6431 1215   ee ae  NN A KA   E dd A    RC EXE   LM Y NY NY N FS Y  NY WaW N pen VW NI PMV   GRN  MAAS  meo    HASS BLU   No33  1X23  NO30  1 T2 34 56  CNO
263. tus and stop status     When pushing the e and e buttons at the same time   for 4 seconds or more  the following display will appear    If  Service check  is displayed  the mode enters into the   error history mode       01   Order of error history  is displayed in CODE No   window       Check code  is displayed in CHECK window    e  Indoor unit address in which the error has occurred  is  displayed in UNIT No            DON   OFF        FAN MODE   C         SWING FIX  CL                 FILTER  RESET TEST    EY        UNIT                F or every push of the  w    A   button  the error history stored in memory is displayed in order   The numbers in CODE No  indicate CODE No   01   latest   gt   04   oldest      Do not push the C5 button because all the error history of the indoor unit will be deleted     3 After confirmation  push the A button to return to the normal display     1  Check the error codes according to the above procedure     2  Ask an authorized dealer or qualified service  maintenance  professional to repair or maintain the air  conditioner     3  More details of the service codes are explained in the Service Manual           2nd revised   Sep  2006    4  REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC DRAWING  4 1  Refrigerant Cycle Diagram    Model  MCY MAP0401 HT  HTZ  HTZG   MCY MAPO0501 HT  HTZ  HTZG   MCY MAPO0601 HT  HTZ  HTZG   MCY MAP0401HT2D  HT2DZ  HT2DZG     MCY MAP0501HT2D  HT2DZ  HT2DZG   MCY MAP0601HT2D  HT2DZ  HT2DZG             m          e   zm   zm   zm   
264. tween   central control  indoor and system  outdoor       REQUIREMENT    e When a group control is performed over the  multiple refrigerant lines  be sure to turn on the  power supplies of all the indoor units connected  in a group at the time of address setup     If turning on the power for each refrigerant line    to set up address  a header indoor unit is set for  each line  Therefore  an alarm code    L03      Duplicated header indoor units  is output in  operation after address setup  In this case   change the group address from the wired  remote controller for only one outdoor unit is set    up     Address setup procedure 2    1  Using SW13 and 14 on the interface PC  board of the  outdoor unit in each system  set up the address for each  system   At shipment from factory  Set to Address 1     Note  Be careful not to duplicate addresses with the other  refrigerant line     Cabling  systematic  diagram    Line address switch on outdoor interface P C  board    Line  address    NINE  OCT   III    ii i   ool   Eid ll   klech     SES    s  a  d  KR  ck    x    XA      sch    E     x         A    Line  address    N  N    NIN  AIC       SWO06     O  Switch ON  x   Switch OFF       Is not used for setup of system address   Do not change setup      2  Check that the relay connectors between  U1  U2  and  U3     U4  terminals are not connected in all the outdoor units to  which the central control is connected    At shipment from factory  Connector not connected     3  Turn on po
265. ually contains  Vacuum the malfunctioning outdoor unit  800 to 1500 cc of oil     Install compressor     Charge the refrigerant     END    12 2  Replacing Compressor    Vacuuming  In case of single outdoor system    Connect vacuum pump to the valve charge ports on the liquid and gas then vacuum   e Vacuum until the vacuum low pressure gauge indicates 1  mmHg    Note     e Before vacuuming  open PMV fully  Vacuuming of the outdoor heat exchanger will not occur if PMV is  closed     Full opening of PMV  e Turn on the power to the outdoor unit   e Confirm that Bit 1 on SW12 is OFF     e Short CN30 on I F P C  board on the outdoor unit   e Turn off the power to the outdoor unit within 2 minutes of short circuiting     168    13  REPLACING PROCEDURE OF PARTS  CCT CT   Femme    1   Cabinets and  others    Ah CAUTION    Wear protective clothing on your hands  as other components may cause injury  etc      lt Disassembling gt     1  Stop unit operation and turn off power  supply to unit     2  Remove Front cabinet    Screw   4 x 10 3 pcs     Note   Slide to downward for unhook the  hooking tab     3  Remove Upper plate    Screw   4 x 10 6 pcs     4  Remove Piping panel  Front  and  Rear       Screw O4 x 10 6pcs     5  Remove Side cabinet    Screw O4 x 10 8pcs     Note   Hooked to hooking tab of Inverter  plate     6  Remove Reactor box   Note   Refer to 2     4  Reactor    7  Remove Outlet cabinet       Assembling     Assembling by contrary procedure of above  7  gt  1      169    Up
266. uded in the electric  parts box             Clip  The clip is to open close the    de E Air inlet grille  air inlet grille     Air in the room is sucked from here     MMU AP0071MH  AP0091MH  AP0121MH  AP0151MH  AP0181MH    Earth screw Air outlet Air outlet louver    It is included in the electric Select air blow direction in cooling or  parts box  heating operation each       gt                                                                                                                                                           Air filter        Removes dust and trash     Clip  Air filter is provided in the air grille    The clip is to open close the Air inlet grille    air inlet grille  Air in the room is sucked from here      2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type     Earth screw  It is included in the electric parts box     Air outlet Air outlet louver    Select air blow direction in cooling or  heating operation each     E    Air filter    Removes dust and trash    Air filter is provided in the center panel         Center panel    Air inlet    Air in the room is  sucked from here        Wired remote controller    Ax     o   A  Lnd   c   o   o              O   E   D   A  o   D       gt   2   Q   E  o    Wireless remote controller kit    RBC AMT31E    RBC AS21E2    RBC AX21U W  E2    RBC AX22CE2    TCB AX21E2    Sold Separately Parts                                         DON      OFF          MODE       r  i CH  CB        TIMER SET FAN   2  TIME SWING FIX  wm OD CH Cad  RESE
267. uit system without resetting the power supply       gt  Restart of error detection   Errors in both outdoor and indoor units are once cleared     Set the rotary switches on the interface P C  board of the  7 segment display   outdoor unit to the following setting   A     SW01  2  SWO2  16  SW03  1    Er      Push the push switch SW04 on the interface P C  board of  the outdoor unit for 5 seconds or more       C L  is displayed in 7 segment display  B  on the P C  board  7 segment display    for 5 seconds   and the error is completely cleared   A   B       Er     CL        3  Clearing of error check code by power reset    This function is provided to clear error in a refrigerant circuit system by resetting the power of all the outdoor  and the indoor units       gt  Restart of error detection     As same as the clearing method on the interface P C  board  errors of both the outdoor and the indoor units  are once cleared     Method  Be sure to reset power of both the outdoor and the indoor units     NOTE  After power reset  it requires usually 3 minutes to power on due to the initial communication of the  system  In same cases  it requires Max  10 minutes     102    9 7 3  Remote Controller Distinction Function    This function is provided to distinguish the remote controller connected from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit  for a refrigerant circuit system using switches on the interface P C  board of the outdoor unit     Distinction procedure    Power ON    L         Be sur
268. unication error between indoor and remote indoor  controller  Detected at indoor side        Communication circuit error between indoor outdoor indoor   Detected at indoor side   Decrease of No  of indoor units      No  of indoor units in which  E06 E06   sensor has been normally     Detected at outdoor side   Communication error between indoor MCU    Automatic address start error    ere    7    7  4  4    E08   E08  Duplicated indoor addresses    Eo                    c  2  2  2    0  0  C       9  101  Indoor Outdoor  E12 E12   GE i  102  Communication between  outdoor units  4    Dmm           En 00  Capacity over   01    No  of connected units      00  Header is nothing  E19 E19    02  Two or more header units NEM     01  Outdoor of other line  connected  GE Ge   02  Indoor of other line      connected      IPDU1 error    IPDU2 error    IPDU1  2 error  E31     Fan IPDU error CF    IPDU   Fan IPDU error    IPDU2   Fan IPDU error   07  All IPDU error    Indoor is nothing during automatic addressing    apacity over   No  of connected indoor units       C  Communication error between indoor units Indoor    Outdoor units quantity error    Other line connected during automatic address I F    Sending error in communication  Duplicated outdoor addresses       IPDU communication error VF    A  cy       mh  mh     h    1st revised   Jun  2006    Check code Wireless remote controller    Sensor block display  Wired Outdoor 7 segment display  remote  zoraiemengm   AI NET central GE  c
269. unit is provided to one  sending error seconds or more  refrigerant line  Be sure to check there is no         Comp IPDU error    Fan 1 IPDU error    Comp   Fan 1 IPDU error    Fan 2 IPDU error    Comp   Fan 2 IPDU error    ech  ELA      di  Gs  o   D           Fan 1   Fan 2 IPDU error      All IPDU error or  communication error  between IPDU and I F PC   board or outdoor I F PC   board error    900      Unf       da          Check code    Wired Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET Geen  remote central control    controller   Check code Auxiliary code remote controller       i Bl tom  Bl    F06 F06    F07 F07    i i NNN    i A 8  F12 F12      0t  TS  VF      oO CE    Check code    Indoor TCJ  sensor error    Indoor TC2  sensor error    Indoor TC1  sensor error    TD1 sensor    TL sensor error    TO sensor error       Indoor TA  sensor error    TS1 sensor  error    Outdoor temp  sensor  miscabling   TE1  TL     miscabling   Pd  Ps        Corresponding  unit only stops    Corresponding  unit only stops     Corresponding  unit only stops        Corresponding  unit only stops     All stop    15 18      All stop    All stop    Error detection condition      Resistance value of sensor is  infinite or zero   Open Short     Resistance value of sensor is  infinite or zero  Open Short      Resistance value of sensor is  infinite or zero  Open Short      Resistance value of sensor is  infinite or zero  Open Short     Resistance value of sensor is  infinite or zero  Open Short      Resistanc
270. urs     The recovery period lasts for approximately 2 or 3 minutes Recovery lasts for  though this is dependant on the system capacity  approximately 2 or 3   2  Refrigerant recovery control in heating room minutes though this is  This function is executed regularly to recover the liquid Ap Sech the  refrigerant from the indoor unit  Se  It is also used to recover oil present in the outdoor heat  exchanger during the heating overload operation   except during defrost operation    1  Heating operation oil  recovery control is executed  approximately every hour   2  The period of recovery lasts for approximately 2 to 10  minutes though this is dependent upon the load condition        99       1st revised   Jun  2006    COC ACE    Defrost control  1  Defrost start condition   During the defrost     Reverse cycle The defrost function is initiated when the measurement operation  all solenoid   defrost method  temperature taken from the TE sensor is lower than    1   C for 4 way valves are OFF  a period of 25 minutes after compressor initial start up and 55   and all compressors  minutes after subsequent start ups  are operating      2  Contents of control    e If the outdoor units are combined  the minimum duration for  the defrost operation is 2 minutes      3  Defrost stop condition      The outdoor fan speed and compressor inverter frequency  are determined by the measurement of Pd pressure during  defrost operation     Solenoid valve  1  SV2 gas balance control    control This
271. ves dirt or dust     Earth screw AA    It is prepared in the electric parts box     Drain pan  Water accumulated in the drain pan is  drained from here through the drain pipe          9    Ue                  Fixing metal holder  Right and left     3 7  Parts Name of Remote Controller    Display section   In the display example  all indicators are displayed for the explanation    In reality only  the selected contents are displayed      When turning on the leak breaker for the first time   SET DATA  flashes on  the display part of the remote controller  While this display is flashing  the  model is being automatically confirmed  After the  SET DATA  display has  disappeared  you may use the remote controller                 Display  section    Ma   TIMER SET FAN MODE d   D  CD Ce  Operation  TIME SWING FIX VENT i n  FILTER WITO ce   sectio  RESET TEST SET CL UNIT      lOO  CD    C WU  E 17                                     16    13  14       1 2PRE HEAT display   for Heat pump model only   Displayed when the heating operation starts or a  defrost operation is carried out     While this indication is displayed  the indoor fan  will stop or will go into LOW mode     SET DATA display  Displayed during the setup of the timer     Operation mode select display  The selected operation mode is displayed     CHECK display    Displayed while the protective device works or    a fault error occurs  1 Soperation ready display    Displayed when cooling or heating operation is  impossible
272. w classification of communication  Many classification of communication incorrect setup system  classification incorrect setup system   Block display Indoor P C  board  Outdoor P C  Communication Incorrect setup  4 ways   Indoor protection    board  Cycle  Communication Outdoor protection  Sensor  Compressor protection  etc   Display in wired remote controller  is di  regen  f entral control system error   e  UNIT No     Check code   Operation lamp  Green  flash     Display on sensor part in wireless remote controller E ere e    Block display of combination of  O  O  el Compressor protective system error  Display on 7 segment in outdoor unit    e Unit No  and check code are displayed  Setup error  Other errors    Ina case of error with auxiliary code  the check code and the CA Protective device operation    auxiliary code are displayed alternately           2  Special mention    1  If this model is connected to AI NET by network adaptor  the different check codes are displayed on the  main remote controller and Al NET central control remote controller     Example  Indoor TA sensor error    AI NETWORK BUS       AI NET    central control Wired remote controller    remote controller       2  The check code of the remote controller is displayed only while the air conditioner is operating  remote  controller start button ON      When the air conditioner has stopped and the error has been cleared  the check code display on the  remote controller also disappears     However  if the 
273. wer of indoor outdoor    In order of indoor     outdoor     4  After approx  1 minute  check that 7 segment display is    U 1 L08  U 1  flash    on the interface P C  board of the  outdoor unit     5  Push SW15 to start the setup of automatic addressing    Max  10 minutes for 1 line  Usually  approx  5 minutes      6  When the count   Auto 1  gt  Auto 2  gt  Auto 3   is displayed in    7 segment display section  and it changes from    U  1         U  1  flash    to  U  1         U  1  light     the setup    finished   7  Procedure 4  to 6  are repeated in other refrigerant lines           For internal  wiring between  indoor and  outdoor       SW10    x       For wiring of  central control  system    Group control over  multiple refrigerant lines       SWO7 SW08 SWO9            olx  of   DNS    x           ech  2          s    o   D  Q     900 lt     unt       S8          8  When address setup has finished in all the sysem  turn off   Manual address setup from remote controller    SW30 2 on the interfase P C  boards of the lines connected to Outdoor unit interface P C  board Manual address setup from remote controller    the identical central control except a line with least line  address number     Terminator resistors of the wires in the central control line of  indoor outdoor are unified      9  Connect the relay connector between  U1U2  and  U3U4  controller set to 1 by 1     terminals of the outdoor unit for each refrigerant line  123412341234  123 4  ii lll ll ll ll o a
274. with a horizontal discharge  the room temperature may not be equal    i e  there may be a large variance between one side of the room with the other       Do not move the horizontal louver directly with your hands  otherwise a fault maybe caused   Select the direction of the horizontal louver using the louver operation switch on the remote controller   The horizontal louver will not stop immediately  even if the switch is pushed     Note  Pushing the switch again when the required louver direction has been reached will stop the louver     2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type     In Cooling operation   Use the air outlet louver with a horizontal set point         In Heating operation  For Heat pump model only    Use the air outlet louver with a downwards set point     Setup of air flow direction and swinging function    1 Push the button during operation      SWING _    is displayed and the air flow direction will automatically change either upwards downwards     In the case of one remote controller that controls multiple indoor units  each indoor unit can be selected    and its air flow direction can be adjusted     2 Push the button again during the swinging of ETEME  DON OFF    the air outlet louver                          e i i 1 Tr FAN MODE  The air outlet louver will be stopped at the desired position  Ce     To set up the air flow direction individually  push the Y  RESET TEST  button to display each indoor unit No  in a group control  DO  You can then set the air flow di
275. y dirty    Never use a damp cloth on the main unit and the remote  controller     Do not use or leave a chemically treated duster on the unit for  long periods of time  as it may damage or alter the colour of  the unit surface    Do not use benzine  thinner  polishing powder  or similar  solvents for cleaning  These may cause the plastic surface to  crack or deform                Do not use        8r    If you do not plan to use the unit for more than 1 month  1  Operate the fan for 3 to 4 hours to dry the inside of the unit    Operate  F ANmode     2  Stop the air conditioner and turn off the main power supply  or the circuit breaker     Checks before operation  1  Check that the air filters are installed   2  Check that the air outlet or inlet is not blocked     3  Turn on the main power switch or the circuit breaker for the  main power supply to the air conditioner            Use after drying  when it has not been  used for a long time         F or Air conditioning system which is operated regularly  cleaning and maintenance of the indoor outdoor  units are strongly recommended    As a general rule  if an indoor unit is operated for about 8 hours daily  the indoor outdoor units will need to  be cleaned at least once every 3 months  This cleaning and maintenance shall be carried out by a quali   fied person    F ailure to clean the indoor outdoor units regularly will result in poor performance  icing  water leakage and  even compressor failure        HINTS FOR ECONOMICAL OP
276. y is written in EEPROM by changing the type and capacity code      1  Set     to the item code  DN    As before   2  Using the timer time     a  buttons  set up the type  4   Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller     For example  0001 indicates 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type    Refer to the attached table   3  Push   5 button   OK if display goes on     Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller    4  Using temperature setup Cy    Ca  buttons  set     to the item code  DN    5  Using the timer time      a  buttons  set up the capacity code    For example  0012 indicates 027 type    Refer to the attached table   6  Push C5 button   OK if display goes on      7  Push   button to return to the normal stop status     4  In the next  the contents such as address setup  which were set up at the local site after installation are  written in EEPROM  Execute again the operation in the above item 1       5  Using temperature setup  y    Ca  buttons  set Z   to the item code  DN     Lighting time setup for filter sign    6  Compare the contents of the setup data which is displayed in this time with contents noted in a memo in  Procedure 1 and customer s information     1  If data is incorrect  change it using the timer time      a  buttons so that it matches with contents noted in  SET    a memo  and then push    button   OK if display goes on      2  Do nothing if data is same as those in the memo   7  Using temperature 
277. z  14220V  60Hz    L i ge Indoor Outdoor       communication  Power circuit  circuit    Weekly timer    driver    Wireless remote  controller kit    Remote  controller    DC5V    Sensor  circuit    ad    ong WIS     Salas z  ad      y  sses ahueyosig uly Aem           sa119S 1  ed  L eM UBIH    Sd    Pumpe   apun    edAL puepuels 19ng pajes9uos      adAL 949858  92818 y9SIG sly Aem p j9edulo   ad    ejesse  oeDjeuosiq sly Aem p       Power     Power      supply     supply     Outdoor Outdoor  Max  8 units are connectable   1 unit unit     1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed   maximum 7 units are connectable      2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit    3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the simple wired remote controller    4 Nome for high wall spearate sold parts for under ceiling     HM 19  01 UOO 91OUIO94 SS9 9JIA pue 19  011U09 3JOUISA YLOQ JO UOIJIBUUOS  E    DL        In case of AI NETWORK     Wired remote controller Weekly timer    driver    Function setup    Remote    controller Secondar  communication   n batter y  circuit          Indoor unit   1    Network adaptor  Option           Network Zeen i  adaptor emote  PC  board   controller Remote  MCC 1401   Communication WS Wireless remote    circuit GE controller kit    Indoor control P C  board  MCC 1403                       circuit       remote controller PH  wat LI ceu r   Option  Y communication    8 3687 controler  communication   circuit                         6    ci
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
UP-CX1    takeMS mem.line 3.5, 1TB  PDF版:858KB  Mode d`emploi FR - Conseil & Développement  Coleman 2300-511 User's Manual  Audiovox P-99A User's Manual  BALSARーNー  Istruzioni d`uso - Musical Fidelity    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file